Sliders 7 Transcript

Citation preview

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Sliders-7 – The Lands of Wha: Mirror Mapping, the 3 Paths of the Kryst and the Wha-YA-yas Mashaya-Hana Adashi Adepts Hetharo – May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida Friday Evening Orientation [Audio Track 1] A‘sha From what I hear, there are still about 20 to 25 people who are stuck at airports on this side of the Atlantic, at least. And, they should be here by morning, we‘re hoping. Well it‘s kind of funny how things like that work out because I still don‘t even have a title, other than it‘s Sliders-7 Advanced Mind Training, because it‘s on security clearance, because something is going down ever since that ―accident‖—not—that happened in the middle of the Gulf of Mexico, yeah. Just before we came down, the Beloveds gave me a bit of information on what might this workshop be about, besides the obvious in the title that that we‘ve had for two years, knowing that it was going to be the Advanced Mental Body Training. And, they said some interesting things. There‘s some interesting things that are…it has to do with tomorrow night, because tomorrow night is the night we have the permit to go on the beach from about 8:00 to 11:00 pm. So it‘s the evening session, and it‘s not for drumming, because it would be too noisy, and you won‘t get permits for drumming at those hours. But, we‘re going to do a large Shadra Shield. They haven‘t released what, exactly, this is about, and this is what the security clearance is about. But in…going in with that is the training that they‘ve been nudging me that they were going to begin, and I‘m, like: ―You‘ve got to be kidding! Why that? Why now? Not, yet. Nobody‘s ready for that yet.‖ They‘re going to introduce Mirror Training. Mirror Training is a whole set of technologies and, actually, moving closer to the Adept type of material, as far as skills developed and those kinds of things. It is usually used only after several other types of training are given first. We‘ve been training a lot in Jha-DA’ Projection and bi-location and all of those things. But, there‘s a couple other things that usually come before the Mirror Training. Mirror training has many levels to it. So, it will be the introductory level. But, all of the Mirror Training has to do with something quite fascinating. They are going to teach us how to begin, and to begin now, creating the internal communications network of the Kryst in the event that, at any time, the external communication networks go down; people can‘t call anybody; they can‘t get to workshops; internet is out or whatever, where we will be able to communicate with the Guardian Groups but, also, with each other and start attending these workshops in other Planes with them.

They‘re going to introduce a couple of groups of the Guardians that work over in the Aurora Earth sector, and they‘ve given two of the names of the groups: One are the ShE’-Wha and the others are the HA’-Wha. And, there‘s four other ―Wha-s‖, they said. So, they‘re going to introduce us to these guys, and they don‘t just work in the Aurora Earth area. They work from there and also on up all of the other… The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 1 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Especially the last two weeks, and especially the last week, I‘ve been watching wackiness build and build and build. How many people have had just a seemingly normal month? (Laughter) No body? Nobody‘s hands go up? Ok, how many people have had an un-seemingly wacky two-week period? Ok, more than half. Ok, and how many, for the last week period, it was even worse or amplified, or wackier than that? Ok, so it‘s not just us, God! We‘ve had…this started really with the, when they asked us to do the final move to the Sarasota house that we finally got, and we bought that house in March, on March 5th. And, as the Beloveds put it, it was a diamond-in-the-rough. They weren‘t kidding rough, it was really…I‘ll tell you a little bit about our house before I tell you about the beginning of our week, just so you can compare if your life has been that wacky this week, too. It‘s really a lovely house, but it needed massive interior renovations before it was livable. It‘s a house that used to be just like a little ranch house. And, it had the outdoor pool like most houses do in Florida. Well, whoever owned it before actually put the outdoor pool inside by building part of the house around it and then opening it up to all of the other rooms in the house. So, you had a pool and open, arched doorways with no glass in them, no nothing, just a pool in the middle of the, what might have been the living room, kind of thing. And, well, when you looked in the pool, the first thing you saw was this, like, big, gray-black stain, right? And you kind of go: ―Eeuuuwww‖, right? And, then, when the furniture…after we bought it, we were saying ok, we can fix this up. And, the Beloveds are saying, ―This is why we want the house, it‘s an Aquifer. You think pool, we think Aquifer‖, because they want to use this for the next level of the Aqua-tone Training and everything. So, that is why they guided us there. And, it was really funny, it was one of the lesser-expensive houses that they‘ve had us purchase, and it was because its, apparently, greatest asset was really its greatest liability. Because when the people moved out and we moved…we hadn‘t moved furniture in yet; we renovated for two months before we even could move in. And, we were up there, painting and things like that, and I started having almost, asthma attacks again. And, I was going, what is wrong with me up here? I shouldn‘t…I‘m reacting to something. You could tell in the carpets in some of the rooms that were closest to the pool room, because they used to be taupegray colored, and when we walked in and bought the house, there was still some furniture sitting on them, they were actually cream colored. It had chlorine gas running through the whole house. So, basically, it probably could have killed us. I don‘t know how these people lived with it for 15 years. I guess they were all right, but even just being in it, staying like three of four days, it was making me sick. So, we had to…and, believe me, it‘s not inexpensive to fix pools. Sometimes it‘s easier to just fill them in and forget they were there, but the Beloveds wanted the Aquifer. It didn‘t change the fact, too, that the Beloveds also insisted within the first couple of weeks, the first thing that had to be done was, the tree guard had to be put up, because there were hardly any trees on the lot. It‘s five acres, and there were hardly any trees on it, just a few clusters here and there, and some in the back yard. But, they wanted a whole tree border. So, they said, ―before you do anything do the trees.‖ So, bless him, A‘san planted 90 trees and shrubs the first week-and-a-half. Right, so then there was the pool project; then, there was…there was just so much to do in this house. It was just, like, intense. I wanted to let you know about the interior Aquifer because it has to do with the wacky story of how our week started. Now, we‘d been going for two months, since the last workshop, working right through that and then doing, almost every night, all-nighters of anything from packing, unpacking to painting, to…this place had…you know how frequency is important. The Beloveds always stress, as soon as we go into a place, we have to make adjustments physically if there‘s something wrong with the layout. But, we also have to adjust color instantly, like immediately. That‘s one of the first things. Well, this lovely house, bless it, had that whole huge room that used to be outside, that was now inside, that held the pool, was all red brick. Did you ever try to put pastels with red brick? Not to mention the frequency coming off this old, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 2 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

red brick that used to be on the outside of the house, but it was now on the inside, was a bit intense. So, oh yeah, and the one bedroom had like dark, dark, not quite mahogany-colored paneling walls. Real wood, though, but, like, paneling walls. There was so much work that had to be done. Even though we hired contractors to do the big stuff and even to do the painting, most of it this time, because there was just too much of it. But, I did the bricks, right? There was that, and there was one fireplace in A‘san‘s office, and there is a whole wall in the bedroom that was all the red brick stuff. Brick by brick, the Beloveds wanted to save the character of the brick but put a screen on it, so I had to glaze each one with, where you white wash it and then rag it and white wash, and, oh my God, this was a nightmare project. It‘s been worth it, and A‘san‘s, tiled stuff and everything, because it‘s basically a 1972 ranch, and pretty much showed it. You know, it‘s pretty much: Yeah, we‘re in 1972 here. So, we‘ve had to finally, finally, and been totally exhausted, we finally move in on April 30 th. All the contractor work is supposed to be done by April 29th, yeah right. Well, we had to have doors built and stuff to…like glass and wood doors for those big, gaping archways that just led into every room, because, we‘ll have cats drowning in the pool, and all sorts of wacky stuff. Well, there is still no glass in the doors by the time we moved in and all that. And then there‘s piles of boxes everywhere, and they wanted all of this done before the workshop, because they‘re activating the site, and they wanted the frequency brought up to where it has to be. So, we‘ve just been working and working, and finally, just about everything is done as this week starts, right? And that was with a few things that you didn‘t expect, like, nobody had emptied the septic system in five years, I guess. And, it started to belch over things. So, that had to be handled as an extra…once we got in, you find out those problems, right? And, there was something with a nice, black flame pattern up in the panel that controlled the electrical for the air conditioning and stuff like that. So, of course, that had to be fixed. The washer is still broken, so we haven‘t done laundry in about a month! It‘s been one of those periods. So, finally, everything…the washer‘s actually going to be fixed by the time we get home, so, I think they just fixed it today. They fixed it today, right? So, we didn‘t get to use it yet, but they just fixed it.

So, at the beginning of the week, it was, like, (A‘sha takes a big breath) we‘re almost done. And, still, I‘m going: Are you going to give me a line, because this stops when the line comes. And they said: ―Don‘t worry about it, don‘t worry about it. We‘ll give you a line when it‘s ready. We‘re on security clearance, just so you know‖. I said, oh, ok, not one of those. So, I was, like, ok, everything‘s good, and it was, like, my daughter Zhan and her family were still living in Pine Island, and I was not going to feel comfortable or relaxed until she was safely tucked into Sarasota, too. They‘re going to be living in…there‘s a barn on the property that we bought, and it‘s…once we can afford to do it, we‘re going to convert it into…and, hopefully by the end of next year, we‘ll convert it into a guest house where her and her family can live, so she‘s tucked in safely. And, so, we haven‘t even started that project, so her and her family and a roommate were going to get an apartment up here. So, they finally found an apartment, and she was, like: Yeah, mom, I got an apartment, and we‘re moving up Saturday. And they had all their stuff in the U-Haul, and they moved up and tucked into the apartment. By Monday, I get this call: Mom, my roommate‘s really, really sick. There‘s mold in the house. She‘s going to the emergency care unit, right? She‘s there with a five-month-old baby, Zhan‘s there with a five-month-old baby, our granddaughter, and I was, like, oh my God. And, sure enough, it‘s toxic mold-like poisoning she was having, so they immediately all had to get out of the house. And, the landlord was nice enough to give them their money back and get their furniture out for them, and put it back in the U-Haul truck.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 3 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So, of course, the furniture went into storage, and the people came to our house, of course. And, of course, we have one guest room, and that was already promised to my other daughter, Esprit, who was coming in from Georgia, right? So, it was like, ok we‘ve got full house those two days before. And right before that a wacky, wacky, wacky thing happened, and I started to realize after the mold, the attack of the poison mold at their house and just, the wackiness that‘s been happening, what happened earlier that week, I think it was Monday. It was either Sunday or Monday, but we had a brief, a storm, electrical storm, thunder and lightning, that kind of stuff, which is common around here. And, there‘s a lot of lightning in the Sarasota area. There used to be rumors it‘s the lightning capital of the world or something like that. There‘s a lot of lightning storms, never bothered us before. Well, in our kitchen, our kitchen is very small and compact, like a little square, with everything right there, and you can kind of turn around and reach everything. But, it has this skylight about the same size of it that goes up, and it…because it‘s in the center of the house, and there wouldn‘t be any natural light in it if it wasn‘t for those. And, it also has this interior window that looks out onto the pool. And, I remember the one afternoon, I got up, I think it was 1:00 or 2:00 in the afternoon, because I‘d been up ‗til 8 o‘clock in the morning painting things and stuff. So, I went to sleep for a little while, got back up, and A‘san was standing on one side of the breakfast bar where his feet were in the living room. I just had walked in and came around the corner and stopped to talk to him, and I was just standing inside the kitchen, going for the coffee pot to put on the water to boil. And, you hear the storm going outside, and this bolt of lightning came down through the skylight. I felt it; the hairs on my back stood up. If I had been a couple inches further, I probably would have been crispy. I mean, it was…but, and he saw it; he‘s facing it, right? I saw the flash and knew it came down behind me. I just leaped and: Yow! I yelped and jumped out of the room, right? And, we saw it arch from the kitchen, move through the kitchen, arched into the pool and then out the back windows. It was, like, oh, my God! This is a very strange week, you know? And, then he tries to use his computer, and it‘s not working. So, he called the computer guy, and the computer guy says, oh, the motherboard is fried. Ok, so they take the motherboard out and everything and bring it back, and the computer guy is there and says, ―hmm, it should be working, but it‘s not‖. And, then, they find out the modem is also fried. It is because of the surge. It actually did come through and hit the house, and if it hadn‘t jumped through the pool and back out the doors, it could‘ve started the house on fire. So, it was, like, well, I know where not to be when there‘s a lightning storm in our house, not the pool room and not the kitchen, right? So, it‘s just been one of those wacky, wacky, wacky- type…where you just think it‘s all settled. We had one of the rooms set up as the yoga room. Well, now, it‘s the baby and her mommy room and stuff. And, just, there‘s people all over, and it‘s just one of those weeks, chaos, but controllable chaos, basically. So, they still don‘t have an apartment, Zhan and her family, and those kinds of things, and her roommate. But, they‘ll be looking after the workshop. And, it‘s just been really crazy. And, then, last night, I think it was last night, was it last night? It was, wasn‘t it, when that family friend called and was freaking out because her…the person‘s significant other, who‘s a really sweet person, ―spas-ed out‖ and physically attacked the person and the attacker ended up in jail. And, stuff is just going, and I‘m sitting here watching. It‘s like one wacky thing after another, after another. So, I don‘t know if your week has been anything like that, but this has something to do with whatever is on security clearance. And, obviously, somebody is not happy with what the Guardians are doing, because there‘s definitely some kind of interference. I still would not say let‘s take it personally, because a lot of the time it‘s just the other good stuff that‘s going on between the Red and Green Dragon groups that are fighting with each other, and the White ones that are trying to activate the Alpha-Omega Set and all of that. So, I don‘t know if it‘s personal, but it‘s getting real close anyway, close to home.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 4 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So, in the meantime, the Beloveds said this workshop will be run on security clearance, which means there‘s a big thing at the beach tomorrow evening, and, hopefully, it won‘t rain. And, before that…so, we‘ll have probably from about 2:30 in the afternoon til about 5:30, is when I think dinner is, at 5:30 that will be the information they give. They haven‘t given it to me yet, they‘ll give it to me tomorrow morning, and I will give it to you at 2:30, and we‘ll also be running some techniques that build us up to the point to do that Shadra on the beach, And, then, the next day, which is Sunday, we‘re going to have…because we will be on the beach until 11:00 pm, probably back here by midnight, or whatever, by the time everybody‘s on the buses and everything. The next day, that is when they‘re going to…when, because you‘re present, there‘s something, in some of the workshops especially, certain data-fields that they want to be able to bring through, are easiest done when the entire Shield is around, is together. And, they‘re going to give me transmission all day. So, we actually have a day where, if you want to do beach or if you want to do whatever, or want to sleep, you have a good block of time. Because the workshop‘s going to end up starting around 9 pm after dinner Sunday night, and running all the way through until probably breakfast on Monday morning. So that‘s…that can be anywhere from 5am to 6am to 7am. We‘ll try to put the most important stuff first so people, if you have flights or something out, we‘ll try to get any activations and things done, if it‘s possible time-wise, before flights have to leave. So, we‘ll do our best with that. But, it is one of those workshops where it‘s, like, whoa, the mystery workshop. It‘s the Mirror, something or other workshop. They haven‘t given me the title yet. It‘s almost like this title, we‘ll find out at the end. But, we are going to get, they said the focus is going to be on learning to develop this…first, to be able to activate within our fields certain things that will allow us to create protection fields in literal mirrors, or reflective objects, and then to put those on line, actually, with the Blend Zones and the Aurora Earth, so we can actually create platforms of projection. They taught me stuff with mirrors a long time ago. Mirrors can be scary if you‘re doing it without any protection. Stuff can come out and grab you, and I mean, it‘s like stuff can fly through your house. We‘ve always avoided getting into mirror projection, just like we avoided getting into Ouija Boards and those kinds of things, because if you‘re not doing it in a very sealed, protected field, you‘re just asking for trouble. But, because of the Amoraea Temple Activations that we have been participating in and the third level will occur during the Shadra, while we‘re on the beach. There are certain frequencies that are opening now, and also with the Ancient Arrow Sites open that we…and activated, that we activated in the last workshop, we can take the Veil that was in one of the techniques from last time. There‘s this Veil between where we are and the Krystal Spiral Aurora Time Wave, where we can move into that Aurora Zone. We can actually put that veil in mirrors, where we can key them directly to…so…where you can protect them. So, they‘re going to teach us more about, first of all, how to do this. And I said, well, wouldn‘t it have helped if you at least said everybody bring a little mirror or something before the workshop? And, they said, no, no, no, no, you don‘t have to worry about that. Everybody should have a mirror in their bathroom at the hotel. And I‘m going, Ahhh, you know? Don‘t play with the mirrors yet, right? They will assist us, and it‘s going to be after the activations on the beach on Saturday night that it will be safe to begin learning about these things and how to use them. They will teach us how to code…on Sunday night, they will teach us how to play a bit with the mirror in your bathroom here. And, they will also amplify a temporary thing. The best thing is to do…and, I know they‘re going to end up asking us to do this: they‘re going to ask everybody to, when you go home, if you have a mirror you particularly feel that you like, that it feels good to you, that‘s fine. But, if you don‘t, go buy yourself a mirror. It doesn‘t have to be a big one. It can be if you want it to be. We have these mirrors that are shaped like big arched doors, and you could actually walk through them if it was a doorway, and they also have iron gates that close over them, that we painted silver just in case. We‘ve had these for a long time. We found them in a catalogue somewhere for a reasonable price, so we got one. One‘s at ShAlon, still, and one came with us and is at the new house.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 5 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

But, you don‘t have to have a big one. You can use little ones. Almost like if you had something like the size even of a cell phone, right, once we begin to play with the technologies they‘re going to teach us, it‘s where we can actually telepath through, and, eventually, actually, be able to start seeing each other through the mirror. Where you can actually communicate through the mirror and that kind of thing, to connect with each other, connect with the Beloveds, those kinds of things. So, you can buy a little one if you want. They‘re saying if you don‘t have a mirror that you like or you‘re not sure you trust any of the mirrors that you have, even if you like them, you can set them, but you might not want to use that one as your main contact. That they‘re going to have us…it would be better to not get one at a flea market or the Goodwill or a used place, because you never know what might have played with that mirror, right? And, some mirrors will be harder to seal than others, especially if anybody has played any occult games with them, or anything like that. But, you can go to places that sell new ones, where it‘s new; it‘s kind of a virgin mirror just from the manufacturer, that kind of thing. It will be less likely to have any personally coded, weird stuff with it. So, then, they‘re going to teach us how to clear it and then set the field in it. And, we can use it as our, first of all, our communicator, but, also, we will start to get…I remember when they started me with this training, where, they will lead us into Jha-DA‘ Body, like, when we go to sleep at night. And, you‘ll start getting more advanced mirror training, where you start, where they…where you touch it, and it‘s solid, and then you touch it, and you actually start to go through. And then, there‘s a whole set of trainings they will teach us on the other side, of how to actually move through them. Eventually, we would actually be able to, if things go really well and…everybody won‘t be able to do it. It depends on how far the gene code can go, to a full Mashaya-Hanic Activation. But, we would be able to pass through them physically. Some people would be able to get that far. I know I can do it in Jha-DA‘ Body, and it took a while to get there, actually, with the trainings. But, they were training me earlier, before we had a lot of the activations that we‘ve done together. But, ideally, and the thing that people can aim for is, eventually, you could actually step through it and end up in the Blend Zones and in the Aurora Zones, where you can actually pass through the mirror. It becomes a physical doorway. And, we‘re not going to be doing that in this workshop. They‘re going to just teach us the beginnings. We can also call up all sorts of information, where you can start getting ―face-flip‖, where you start to see your other incarnational selves, and those kinds of things. There‘s all sorts of things you can do with mirrors, but it‘s not really been safe to do that because you can only hold a temporary seal. You can hold a temporary Maharic Seal, depending on what‘s been done with the mirror before. So, here, even though the hotel mirrors aren‘t virgin mirrors any more; there‘s people that have been using them for a long time. But, because the Beloveds are with us, and we are in Shield, we can strengthen them enough to have a temporary hold, once they tell us it‘s ok to start playing with them, but that would just be for now, like for this workshop. That‘s why we didn‘t have to go and, everybody, raid the local drug store and find little pocket mirrors, and bring one to the workshop. You can if you want to when we get to the Sunday workshop, have little ones, or whatever, but you don‘t have to, because you do have the bathroom mirrors to play with when you go back. And, they might even let us do that. Some of that might actually come through a bit tomorrow, but I‘m not sure, because most of the security on the mirrors, I‘m getting, yeah, I‘m getting nudged on that, is coming from the activations that will take place on the beach Saturday night. So, they‘re not going to encourage us to play with the mirrors before that. But, Saturday night, once you go back to your room, it should be ok to. So, they might give us a little bit of information on how to start this process with the mirrors once we get back from the beach in private, kind of like homework, or whatever. So, this is interesting. I was very surprised when they told me that they were going to introduce the mirror training. And, it‘s directly connected to the need to start getting people familiar…getting, literally, the Mental Body The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 6 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

beyond the Metatronic NET, where we actually can meet beyond the NET and beyond the biological and electronic controls that the NET implies. And, I‘m just very surprised that they‘re actually going to use mirrors to help us do that. I had no idea they were going to go there. So, sometimes in workshop orientation, sometimes we have longer ones. Usually, they‘re shorter, and I just kind of say ―hi‖ and sometimes I say, hi, and this is mystery workshop. We‘ll all know by Monday, right? It‘s kind of almost like one of those, but we have a little bit on knowing that we‘re going to get the beginning of Advanced Mirror Training. And, of course, the activations that we already knew were going to occur during the next workshop, they will also continue and activate, that has to do with the completion, actually, of the third level of the Silver Seed Awakening that actually started in the last workshop. We just thought it was going to start in this one. So, people that weren‘t in the last workshop, we‘ll probably, tomorrow, before we go to the beach, do a run-through again of the main technique that was used in the April Workshop to get everybody up to the activation where they can take the second level of the…where the end part of the Silver Seed Awakening part will come through for them if they haven‘t had the first one. It will also amplify the fields for those who already had that first part in the last workshop. So, I know that much about the program. So, tonight is one of those shorter orientations, where I don‘t know, either, but we will all know quite a lot more than we do right now about all of this by Monday. But, at least we do have the heads-up on…we don‘t have to go through the crazy, well, maybe it‘s at 4‘o‘clock; well, maybe it‘s at 7 o‘clock; oh, no, it‘s going to be at 10 o‘clock, that kind of thing. They‘re already letting us know that my job all day on Sunday is getting the program in. I‘m really hoping there‘s not a lot of new graphs, because to try to get some of those graphs done is brutal. It‘s one thing to scribble notes; it‘s another thing to get the new graphs. Oh my God that graph alone will take three hours, you know what I mean? So, I don‘t know what to expect, but we‘ve got the full office equipment thing set up with us as usual. It does give you the day on Saturday to sleep, to play, to do anything you‘d like. I mean, I‘m sure there‘s some people have rental cars; some people just take cabs, or whatever. You can go to the beach, and it should be a nice day in the water. By the way, I‘ve heard, it‘s warm now; it‘s kind of like bathtub warm, my daughter said. Esprit said that, actually. She said it‘s really warm. In fact, it‘s a lot warmer than the swimming pool. It‘s 79 degrees in the swimming pool, ooh, but, it‘s 86 or something, they said, 84-86 at the ocean. So, it is a good time to be…to do beach. It was cold the other times we were there. I don‘t really have a lot more to share with you in regard to that. I wanted to share with you my wacky week. It might be a good time, actually. I‘m just getting a nudge here, and we don‘t usually have time to do this. So, this might be a good time to do it a little bit, as far as questions. I don‘t know why, but I‘m getting nudged to…is there anybody that has any questions in general about anything? Not any heavy, specific stuff from back workshops or whatever, because, that, I‘d have to go research it myself, but in general…yeah, sure. Participant: Can the Mirror be a magnifying mirror? Can the mirror be a magnifying mirror? That‘s a good question. Let me ask. Yes and no, depending on the application, is what I just got, ok, so… (Participant enquires about magnification level) They‘re going, twelve would be best, increments of twelve, right, or…or numbers following the Krystal Spiral Expansion, right. What is that; two, four, eight, sixteen, that kind of thing. They‘re saying, if you can, avoid ten‘s, just because the crossover implications, and do not do 55‘s. (Inaudible question) The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 7 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

That can go either way, they‘re saying, because there is a plug-in. (participant asks, could you repeat the question) Yeah, ok, we‘re having a little bit of exchange about…she‘d asked if magnification mirrors are ok, the ones that magnify things times whatever. And, I had no idea, so I asked vertical, and they said yes and no, it depends on the application. And, we got into: Well, is a, times ten ok? And, they said they‘d rather us avoid times-ten but use like a times two, timesfour, times-eight, times-sixteen amplification in the mirrors, using the Krystic Spiral Expansion rates, as opposed to the tens and things that are more associated with the Metatronic coding. So, it was just a little dialogue there about whether magnification mirrors would be something we could use in these processes. They‘ll probably tell us more; that‘s a very good question. They‘ll probably tell us more about what applications it would be advisable or not to use magnification mirrors in. So, ok, I hope that answers that question enough. There‘ll be more to come on that probably, right ok, yes? (Question about the oil spill in the Gulf) That will come out in program, all right. He asked the question of can I talk about the oil spill in the Gulf? And, that is…or is it on security clearance? Yes, it is on security clearance at the moment, but, yes, we will be discussing it in program, probably in Sunday‘s program. But, this is, like, the beginning of the wacky month on the planet. You know, now we‘re sitting here, we just bought our house thirteen miles away from the most beautiful beach in the world, and we‘re all sitting here waiting to see if it‘s going to turn up with black scum all over it, right? Oi! We will talk about that. It…this accident, of course, let‘s say, had some help. And, they haven‘t told me who and why yet, but it is connected to the agenda where they‘re linking the…the Whites are linking the Alpha-Omega set into the Gravitron, that we‘ve talked about ages ago, that controls the Planetary Staff. It is connected to this. It‘s also somehow connected to our Mayan Cruise that we‘re doing, which is a grid handover cruise that we‘re going there. We‘re doing the Mayan Cruise down to Roatan and stuff to…that‘s October, isn‘t it, in October, in order for the Greens, which have to do with the Mayan Ruins and stuff, are turning their grids over to the Kryst Shield, and we‘re kind of like the pickup crew. There‘s a connection with this, too. They haven‘t revealed what that is to me, either, but I‘m sure we‘ll learn some more about it, I‘m not sure how much more, when we have the longer program on Sunday. Yes? (Question on what we can do about the oil spill) Oh, dear, ok, so it‘s heading your way really fast, huh? Yeah, bless you. Ok, he asked the question of will…is there anything we will be doing to do something about this spill, like to try to help? And, the answer to that question is yes. I know that some part of the Shadra Shield that we are going to be doing tomorrow night has to do with helping to move those currents in a certain way. And also helping to coagulate the oil, almost try to form a skin, where it starts to at least slow its process, its spewing, until they can cap it. So, we are going to work…I know that‘s part. They did give me a little bit that, by the way, yes, we are going to try to move, use the group energy to work with the Earth and do something about this, because, right now, it‘s still just spewing. They haven‘t figured out how to stop it. So, it‘s just spewing millions of gallons of oil. Yes? (Participant question) There‘s been a lot of foot-dragging, right, not doing anything quickly, right, ok. Yeah, well it‘s been over a month now that it‘s just spewing and spewing into the Gulf. This is much worse too, this spill is much worse than it looks like. And, I can‘t believe…the media all over the place should be jumping up and down every, every day. But, everybody‘s just dragging their feet, like, oh, yeah there‘s a gaping hole in the middle of the Gulf of Mexico, and it‘s spewing millions of gallons of gas. Oh, whatever, we‘ll fix it eventually. Hello! There is enough oil, has leaked out of there to wipe out the entire life field in the Gulf of Mexico. They have no idea. I don‘t care what their experts and scientists are saying. They have no idea The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 8 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

what‘s out there already, and what they‘re throwing on top of it to try to break it up, you know, dishwashing liquid at the moment. Oh God, they‘re using, like-won‘t mention the brand name, dishwashing liquid that breaks up grease, right? They‘re actually putting millions of jugs of this stuff in…oh, God…to break it up. Why in the world…this question just blows my mind. Why in the world does anybody give anybody permits or permission to do something like that when they don‘t have a very specific set of things that, if this goes wrong, this is what we do. If that goes wrong, this is what we do and this is how long it takes. They don‘t know what to do with it. How in the world are people letting people dig gaping holes in the middle of our waters like this, when, if they break, they don‘t know what to do to stop the gushing? That‘s utterly insane. Oh, they had little theoretical ideas, If…yeah right. Ok, yeah, A‘san is pointing out something. Supposedly, there‘s this thing in the ground that was supposed to shut it down, but it didn‘t do it. But, don‘t you think that there‘d be, and, if that doesn‘t work, we do this, right? There is no, if that doesn‘t work, we do this. There‘s a very interesting connection, too. There‘s something I heard on the radio, I won‘t repeat the name of the company that had to do with some kind of a seal that was supposed to do just that and didn‘t. But, it‘s very interesting because that has to do with a certain administration and a certain person who ended up as Vice President, who was actually a head of one of the heavy Red Dragon Teams, that you know, with the puppet President in front of him. Um, just interesting, I don‘t know any more about it, and we don‘t name names, as far as large corporations that could come and make you disappear really fast. So, it‘s not worth it, but there is a connection there, And, part of, I guess, what failed and why this is gushing is because something went wrong with a part or something from that particular company, too. So, it‘s very, very strange. It‘s also very, very strange that, what is it, BP? I‘ll mention them because it‘s all over the place because it‘s their spill. But there was a show on that said how many times were, they already fined. They‘ve had the two largest fines ever given for other types of spills that occurred because they break protocol, as far as safety protocol. After two, why did they get the third chance, you know? There just, it is just so out of control on this planet. As far as the politics, there‘s a whole, the World Management Team is controlling that stuff. It doesn‘t really matter what the little people say anymore. It doesn‘t matter how many of us stomp up and down and link hands across the Gulf of Mexico. They‘re still going to drill these things, and the same thing in other places. But, in the mean time, there‘s the immediate crisis that is occurring. That stuff is still gushing. One of the things the Beloveds said we can try to do with it is to, interact with the Orb Reservoir that we…that opened in the fields last…in Earth’s Core, actually, last workshop. And, we can work with that. And, the best thing to do is to try to attempt to coagulate it from underground, to at least slow the spewing. You know, we may not be able to…there may not be enough quantum even in the Reservoir itself to, actually stop, pressure-wise, to stop the thing. And, if you did, where‘s it going to blow up otherwise? You know, they are still going to get pressure pushing, so it‘s a very delicate thing. Even if you could put an energy field on it, stop it from spewing, it‘s already moved its natural pressure patterns under there, as far as, you cap this end, you‘re going to have things shooting up in other places, and that‘s going to start creating geological responses, in terms of pressure changes in Plates and things like that. So, it is quite a large thing to do, but they are going to have us, in some way, do something to try to coagulate, but not fully stop, because if fully stopped, you‘re going to have pressure issues in other places. Even if we could generate enough quantum to actually cap it ourselves, capping it completely isn‘t the right solution. This has to be done slowly to balance the pressure in the Grids. And, I don‘t know if science talks about that or not, but that‘s what they just, were letting me know. So, yes we will, as far as that question, then, help with this problem. Are there any other questions, yes? (Question about the Iceland volcanic eruption)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 9 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Oh, that, right! She asked if we could share anything on the volcanic eruptions in Iceland. Yeah, or how many earthquakes happened over ‗Six-point…whatever‘ in the last month, or…yeah, these are all linked together, ok? The volcanic eruptions are, again, linked to various things that are being activated, as far as Temples. They haven‘t told us, as far as…this might be connected with an Arrow Site, actually. I‘m getting a nudge on that. They haven‘t given me specifics, but it does show us something. It shows us how instantly our way of life can be instantly changed. I mean, there are people stuck in airports for days and weeks because planes couldn‘t fly, because, not even in, like England and Ireland. No, this is up in Iceland this has occurred. But, the plume of ash and gas is making it so planes can‘t fly. Where, if that kept going, all we‘d have left are what, boats? Yeah, pretty much. Like, we could do boats; we could do trains; cars on the ground. As far as across the Atlantic, it would have stopped any transit across the Atlantic that wasn‘t by boat, this kind of thing. There‘s a lot more to it. All of these events are linked. I also think it‘s very strange that, since, in the last year or so, there‘s been so many earthquakes that have had numbers ―6‖ and over. This is becoming normal, where people are going, yeah, and it‘s only a 6.8, huh? A couple of years ago, it was, like, anything over ―4‖ and you‘re going, whoa, that‘s a big one, and, as they‘re getting bigger: Wow, ―6‖, oh my God, a mega-quake, ―6‖! And now we‘re like, 7.8, 8.9, you know? These are just signs of the times to come. The pressure is building in the planetary grids.

When they work with the Mirror, when they start beginning teaching us with these Mirror Trainings, it will have a certain-level purpose where we create fields, we…in the Blend Field, we can actually go and meet and even, like, pick up data-streaming from each other, from meetings that we do it on our Lone Harmonic Time Zone. Where we can actually tap in wherever we are at our time, to one that has taken place before and experience it live, where we can start getting instruction. And, they‘ll show us things. They‘ll do the big hologram thing, where they just have these little disks like the CDT Plates that you just kind of zap them, and they go, (A‘sha makes zooming noise) And, they show you major maps, and they can spin several different fields. And, we will get training in that way, and our job is going to be to learn to stay awake during it and realize it happened, because a lot of times, we‘re already getting that. There‘s a wave of workshop training that‘s been coming through that seems to hit somewhere between 3:00 and 6:00 pm EST. And, I don‘t know if that translates, if that‘s actually the time on the Harmonic Time or that time in any time zone. But, where, it‘s almost where your blood sugar drops down into the floor, and, if you don‘t lie down, you‘re going to pass out, because you‘re busy, right. It‘s like I‘m learning, all right, all right, I‘m going to go lie down, kind of thing. There‘s part of the consciousness being taken in to training sessions. But, I don‘t remember when I come back. I just remember I have to lie down. I may have a little bit of memory left; it was something about that, right? But, we are being invited into training like that to the point where it‘s affecting how the Physical Body functions. There‘s another thing; they just wanted me to talk about this. There‘s another effect, and I wasn‘t sure, for myself, if it was just happening because of exhaustion, because I‘ve been doing so many all-nighters for the last two months, trying to get the house fixed up and all of that stuff. And, it‘s, Oh, maybe it‘s just me, because I‘m exhausted. But, I‘ve been getting this effect, and it‘s been super amplified in the last week, and especially the last three days, where, as, if you can imagine if you where looking at the view in front of you, whatever it is, through, say, a movie camera, a TV camera. And, you‘re watching it and then if some body went: vroomvroom with the TV camera, where it‘s just, like (Makes swishing noise). A shift happens, and I actually visually see it. And, it makes it feel like my brain floats in my head temporarily. You know, a couple times a day it happens, and it‘s gotten more and more and more intense. And, it‘s fine; it‘s not a problem; it‘s not a headache. It‘s not blurred vision even; it‘s just a: (Makes swishing noise) effect, where you just kind of go, oh, oh. And, I had one really weird effect, where, I was walking around. Three sides of the pool have a very thin walkway around them, like they didn‘t build the building very far away from where the pool was, so you have, like, just a walkway. So, you‘re walking close to the water and there‘s no fence or anything around it, it‘s just there in the floor. If The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 10 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

you take a wrong step, you‘re in it. And, I remember, I was walking around the one corner, and one of those effects started. And, then, it felt like the whole room tilted like this, and I went, Ah, oh no, not by the pool! I was this close to falling in the pool, literally, when it did it. So, this has to do with the activations starting, the Blend Zone Activations, the Two Time Waves, which means two Space Waves, as well, because we‘re getting the Blend Zone Frequencies starting to come in, and the body is literally starting to register, the Mental Body level is starting to pick it up, so we‘re starting to get effects. If you start getting effects like that, don‘t let it freak you out or scare you. You‘ve just got to sit down and go, oh, yeah, whoa, ok. If you ever, like when you‘re driving or anything, and I do know the Beloveds will watch. Your Buddha Team will watch with stuff like this. They will do their best to, if they feel an activation like that coming, if you‘re in a place where it would be dangerous for that to happen, they will actually hold it off in your field until you are in a place where you are safer, so you don‘t have to worry about, whoa, my car‘s going to tilt, and I‘m going to, Aaaah, you know? They won‘t let that happen; they will intervene and help to…they can buffer it to wait to get to a time when it‘s safer for you. Same with when, if you have 9 to 5 jobs or whatever hour jobs, if you have to be on that job during the point of time when the actual Shield, Workshops are going on in the Blend Zone, where you‘d normally get the! Ha! I‘ve got to go to sleep because I‘m busy there, and you can‘t do it, they will do the same thing, if you ask them to just buffer it. And, you will plug in on your Lone Harmonic time, so it won‘t make it where you become dysfunctional in the regular, 3D things you have to do in life, to survive on the 3D level. But, there are some interesting things happening, anyway. I don‘t know why they wanted me to bring that up, but probably because we‘re going to get more of those effects, I wouldn‘t doubt. Ok, yes? I see a hand back there. You, yeah you! (Participant question) Ok, yeah, well, they said they will address that. She was just saying that…it was your uncle that died? Your cousin, your cousin, all right, her cousin had died tragically two weeks ago, in a car accident at mile marker 55, lovely. But, in talking about that with other people, like around her and her family and stuff, she has been finding lots of people have somebody that has died recently and checked out. And, she was wondering if there was some kind-of-like wave moving out, or whatever. And, the fact is, there will be little pockets like that, where there are certain groups that may not appear even connected on the outside, but they will start moving out together. Because, right now, we are in an evacuation and some of us will stick around for 200 years, or try to, anyway. But, there will be pockets of people that do move off-planet together. Now, the ―55‖ is obviously symbolic of the Metatronic side, but it doesn‘t necessarily mean to jump to conclusions that the Metatronic side got them, right? It could be just that, almost like a waking dream for you, really, to let you know it‘s because of that that I need to leave. So, it‘s not necessarily that: I left and went Metatronic because it was a ―55‖. So, sometimes, you‘ll get waking-dream symbols attached with those things. But, it doesn‘t always mean to interpret them toward the negative. Just like when we got the toxic mold attack at my daughter‘s apartment, we could have taken that as ―direct attack‖, or we could have taken it on: Oh, they had a mission to do, actually, because this landlord didn‘t know the problem was there. So, in it being revealed the way it was…and he was being fair and the whole bit, they actually did a service. And, she also got to be up at the house for a little while, which was nice, and I enjoyed it. So, it was a positive as opposed to looking at it as negative. In the instance of that car accident where it happened at mile marker 55, you could take it as: Oh dear, the Metatronic NET got them. Or, I have to leave because of the 55 Activations; I‘m not going to stick around for that. I would interpret that one to the positive. So, you can really look at it either way, and it‘s best to actually look at anything like that. There will be that element to every…even the most horrible thing you see. It‘s going to be more and more important with the Mental Body, now that we are getting out of the Met-NET on the D-3 level, to actually say: I see the both, but I interpret it this way. This is what The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 11 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

this is to me. I will interpret to the positive, even if you see the element of the negative. Don‘t resist the element of the negative; just say, no, this is the reality of it, and this is how the other part, how the lower wave would look at it. So, you start riding the higher wave with the Mental Body. So, no matter how awful it seems, even: Oh, my God, there‘s oil spewing out of the center of the Gulf of Mexico! How do we look at this one positively? I‘m not sure, actually. I know there is a positive way to look at this; don‘t know what it is, but I know the Beloveds will also address how we can look at that as a positive even though it‘s an obvious negative, how there is a positive aspect to it. I‘m almost afraid to think that there might be an element…that there‘s going to be so much, actually, oceanic-life death, of oceanic life, caused by this, that it may actually be facilitating an evacuation wave of a whole bunch of species in the Gulf. And, that‘s very possible. So, even though that is heartbreaking on that level, that is still a positive that‘s coming from an apparent negative. So, where you start to see the both, every negative will have a positive element, even though you might have to really look at it to see how could that possibly have any…like if somebody gets murdered or something like that. How could that possibly be a good thing? Well, it‘s not a good thing. It‘s obviously not a good thing, but the Kryst will show, there will be an aspect of Kryst that does apply to anything. If somebody got murdered, maybe that happened because there was a whole, Karmic thing. Maybe, in that murder, they let themselves become the victim, so they could release the Karma, so they didn‘t have to repeat it anymore, so they actually could get out on Ascension. So, there is that hidden Kryst, that hidden silver lining, inside every cloud. And it doesn‘t mean…it doesn‘t negate the negative. There is still the negative, too. But, just like it is negative that…especially for the people around them, your cousin had a terrible accident. And, that was probably traumatic for him, too, crossing over, because when you take accidents out, you tend to be, like, ah, when you get to the other side, until you have Wayshowers saying: Ok, ok, you‘re ok now, and that kind of thing. But, in the ultimate, it was a positive in the sense that he is getting out before the 55 Activations fully occur on the planet. So, I think they‘re going to talk to us more about this, probably on Sunday, about how to really get a grip on our minds. And, it doesn‘t mean deny the negative, and it doesn‘t mean deny accountability for people who are doing negative. Or, even if, your body does a negative, and you weren‘t around when it did it. You know, there‘s still an accountability factor that…there‘s a lot of that going around, by the way. I mean, some people, Extractions worked really well. For others, there‘s still the Companion and where you get the push back and forth, where you have the unpleasant side of an identity coming out and causing harm, then the other side coming back and not remembering half the harm it caused, that kind of stuff. There is still some of that going around with some people. And, some people will always have more of a genetic vulnerability to that. And, it doesn‘t mean that the one who comes back and said: Well, I didn‘t do it. Well, maybe you didn‘t, but your body did, and you have to own it, right? And you have to try to make amends, or whatever, to the ones you may have caused harm to. But, it also means that where the ones that were harmed need, also, to realize that that person feels as victimized as they did. Because if you really did something horrible to somebody and don‘t remember, you come back, and say: Oh, my God, I did what? The idea isn‘t to say: How dare you! I didn‘t do that. Yeah, if you did, you did, and, if they remember and you don‘t, sorry; they were still there to…and, fortunately they do remember. But, there‘s this whole thing and this…because there‘s a wave of this again moving a bit with some people, I‘ve noticed, in the group. And, I‘ve seen some of the people, and our friends and stuff like that, where that twist is coming. And, it‘s not a full on, like, a Possession thing, like they were before when, before they did the Extraction Waves. It‘s more like an harassment, where the genetic vulnerability is still there. Some people carry that vulnerability, and the others will…from the Metatronic side, will ride the Metatronic Codes and push. What is good, I‘m just getting this now, thank you. What is good, and this is why we‘re seeing a bit more of this, is because the Metatronic Codes are still activating on the D-3, the D-2 and the D-1 level until we bring that Metatronic Freeze that entered the Density level in the last workshop, progressively down. So, that Mental Body Metatronic activation that allows a temporary push in of the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 12 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Metatronic consciousness that tends to be very, at this point, aggressive toward the Krystics Consciousness, that should, progressively…we become immune to that after the activations of this workshop. So, you still might get biological push until we get the next Sliders, where we get the biological level under the Metatronic Freeze, because this stuff is occurring because the Metatronic Codes are activating in the grids. So, it‘s giving more access to the consciousness again, to the negative side, who is trying to mess with people directly. And, this will be eased by the time we leave this workshop. So, that wave will be capped, in other words, and, hopefully, a bit of that oil will be capped, as well. Ok, any other questions? Uh oh, that started a lot! Ok, whose went up first there? I think I saw yours first. I don‘t know if yours went up first. I‘ll just…yeah, you, might as well. (Participant question) No, no, I was trying not to name Presidents, that aren‘t trees; they‘re not trees, they‘re…right, yes, puppets. (A‘san says something inaudible) I‘m trying to understand what the question was in the first place, really. I know where you‘re going with this, so I answered it that way. I felt that, no, that‘s not what I was saying. And, it has nothing to do with the Obama or politics or anything with Obama right now, or any of that. I wasn‘t making a commentary on politics right now in relation to what is happening now. I was making a relationship to a corporation that was connected to an ex-Vice President that has to do with a faulty part that was connected to this oil spill. So, that‘s all I was referring to. I wasn‘t going into any of the more political stuff. I was just trying not to mention ex-Presidents and Vice Presidents by name, or large corporations that could sue you and kill you. I do enough of that, though, and I‘m still breathing. Anyway, right, did you want to address any more of that? You don‘t? Ok. All right, next question; you had two, didn‘t you? (Participant question) Ok, that‘s a good question. It‘s kind of a condensed question that had to do with, still, concern about the…with the Bhardoah-ing of the Sun, that we‘ve talked about, and the Ring Waves of radiation, Gamma Radiation being released. But, then, we‘re still talking about a 200-year period of Load-Out Evac, and, is there something that is going to…because he was under the understanding that the Ring Waves would progressively make it where you could not live on the planet earlier than 200 years from now. So, what is happening? And, basically, that has to do with, first of all, when we started the Aqualene Sun Activations that actually put a buffer field, both around the Sun, and around the planet that helps transmute those Gamma transmissions before they go live. That was the beginning. The Mirror Ball stuff that we did in the last workshop, or, started in the last workshop, is the beginning part of building what‘s called the Mirror in the Sky. The Mirror in the Sky is a more amplified version that also will go around the Solar Field. Once those fields are set, they will transmute the Gamma bursts of that. Eventually, there will still be solar flaring that will increase and, eventually, possibly before the 200 years; depending on how our gates hold, and depending on how these buffer fields hold; depending on how the Mirror in the Sky and the Mirror Ball Fields hold, will depend on whether the solar radiation will affect us sooner, or will, actually, get up to the 200 years from now. All right, so, but we will get through the initial…the 15. I mean, there‘s 15 Ring Waves, one a year. And, they progressively build, so far, so good. There hasn‘t been any major solar whacks, solar flare stuff, knocking satellites out or anything, and this is a good sign. It means the Aqualene Buffer Field is holding so far, and that will be amplified by the Mirror-in-the-sky.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 13 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

But, there still is a chance…it depends on how our Grids hold between, say…once we make it through 2012 and all the mess, and the Metatronic activation, and we hold that field, once we get there, then, from 2013 to the end of the 200 year Load-Out Period, a lot will depend on how strong we can hold these grids, and how stable we can keep the planetary grids. The other side‘s going to do what they do; which, they‘re trying to flip the place. They‘re not going to be happy that they‘re not going to succeed in 2012, and they‘re still going to try to do it. And, they‘re still messing with the Solar Gates and those kinds of things. But, we should be able to get to at least, the 2047. We should be able to get into that period, but it may get weird. This is why they‘re starting the Mirror Communication Network now, because, if there comes a time where those flares start, forget cell phones and stuff, forget TV reception. Once…if some of that radiation can‘t be transmuted and the sun starts to spew, the life we know right now, where we can jump in cars; we can call on phones; we have TV‘s; we have radios, all that stuff, that‘ll be gone in an instant. The volcano ash showed us that. I mean, planes just couldn‘t fly, period, because of one little volcano in Iceland. It totally knocked out the European Grids. They couldn‘t get out of Europe, right? So, if…this is why they‘re starting us now, in case it gets strange as we move along, where we have an alternative way that we can communicate that does not rely on electrical function in the usual way down here, on the Caduceus Grid electrical function. So, that was a good question. I hope that helps you to understand a little bit more. It‘s because of, first, the Aqualene Sun; next, the Mirror Ball, which is an amplification of the Aqualene Sun, plus a lot more. And, then, the Mirror-in-the-sky, which is an amplification…which goes up for 2012, that is the amplification of the Mirror Ball. Those things will…can, theoretically, if the others weren‘t doing other stuff to keep messing things up, that would hold with no problem for the rest of the 200 years. But, because we know the other side is going to keep trying to flip the planet, keep trying to do what they‘re doing, it‘s really a war of attrition, frequency-wise. As long as we can hold and the planet holds, and we help the planet to hold against the other pull of the Metatronic mess, that we can still, theoretically, reach that 200-year point. If not, there will be earlier Evacs. And, that‘s another purpose that mirrors can be very useful for. They would try to get us to the point where, if we had to, we didn‘t need to wait for a spaceship to show up in the yard. No, we just walk through the mirror, that kind of thing. And, theoretically, might be able to take some people with you, if…depending on how strong your field was, you could actually create a temporary buffer-capsule around somebody who couldn‘t actually do that by themselves; so, like, your children or something like that. So, this is the beginning of that kind of training, if it‘s weird when those things with the Sun continue to happen when the things with the Gravitron, that they‘re getting a hold of, continue to happen, if it goes into faster than 200 years, we have to get out of here. The Mirror Training is the beginning of what will be the most important thing that we‘ve ever learned. It will be: How to get out of here. So, anyway, they were all connected. It was interesting how that little bit of question you asked really put a bunch of pieces together, actually, including the Mirror Training. Ok, so, a couple of other questions? I got you once; let me get somebody back here. There‘s somebody back here, Mary? (Participant question) She was asking about the Biosphere that we‘re having…we‘ve actually been asked to go there for Grid Work, so it‘s being, as an option on the Phoenix August Program. I think it‘s in Tucson, isn‘t it? Yeah, and we‘ve been asked to go there. The answer to the question is—why the Biosphere? I don‘t know why the Biosphere. They want us to go there, first of all, for Grid Work, but they also want us to see something and learn something that has something to do with what they‘re planning to teach us in the Phoenix period workshop, which is Sliders-8, I think. So, they haven‘t given me the program. I don‘t have the program here for Sliders-7 yet, and we‘re here. But, it‘s connected to whatever some of the

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 14 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

subject matter on the next Sliders is, and the next Sliders, Sliders-8, will be the advanced level on the Body, the D-2 Emotional Body and Physical Body. So, this has something to do with it. The Biosphere is a, like you said, it was an experiment to try to create a sustainable, a self-sustaining life field, like for Mars, where you could actually have, kind of like bio-domes, and things like that. And, you can grow your own plants and have your own, like, water system recycles and all that. There‘s something in there that they would like us to see, as well as just go and stomp on the place to run frequency. So, that‘s as much as I know about it at this time. But, I feel a little giggle about it. I don‘t know why, like: This is going to be neat, even though, yes, it‘s Illuminati-built, right, just like the big one they have over in England that is the Eden Project that is amazing biomes with trees of all sorts and lots of Metatronic trees and things. Yes, the Bucky Balls by the million, A‘san said. Which are the buckminsterfullerene configurations; where you see those geodesic dome-type buildings, they are very much connected to Metatronic Sacred Geometry, actually. But, it‘s fascinating to see these places, and there‘s something they want us to learn about the one in Phoenix, and I‘m not sure what the connection to the program is, but they‘ve also said that the Grid Work is very important. So, that‘s as much as I have on the biomes and why. So, they say: Would you please do this? And, we say: Sure, put it on the program, so that‘s that. Uh, next one, yes please…is that you, Rick? Yeah, ok. (Participant question) Ok, well, yeah, he asked if we were going to do something more on integrating the Mirror Ball Activations and the Encryption Lattice. Yes, what we‘re going to be doing in this workshop, to use those two words together, is, in the last workshop, we brought the Mirror Ball Frequencies on-line with the Density-level Encryption Lattice, right? Now, we‘re going to be bringing it on-line with the D-3 Mental Body Encryption Lattice, all right, so, and then in the next Sliders, the D-2 Physical Body Encryption Lattice. So, that‘s the connection of those two things. The Encryption Lattice is always implied when we‘re dealing with Mirror Ball, in other words. All right, does that help? Ok. We‘re on D-3 this time: advanced Mental Body training, which means the D-3 level of the Encryption Lattice is what we will be working with, which explains the crazy things. Yeah, I‘ve been wondering that, yeah, Mental Body, yeah, if you don‘t go ―mental‖ by the time you get to this workshop, because of the crazy stuff. Anyway, I think I answered that question, anymore? We have a couple, um, excuse me. Ok, we‘ll just do one or two more, because this is an orientation. Gosh, we haven‘t had time to ask questions in ages. We could probably go here all night, anyway, but I have to go back and get the program. Yes? (Participant question) I‘ve heard something about that, too, ok. (Laughter) That was really cute. All right, first question of that, what the gentleman asked, was: he‘s heard something about, from space, you can see in the Gulf of Yemen there‘s a whole bunch of ships circling around because there‘s something that opened up that‘s kind of like a Star Gate, or a Vortex, or something. There is something to that. I‘ve heard that, too, and I don‘t know where I even heard it, but the Beloveds are saying: yes, that‘s something else, but that‘s a different story, and that‘s not going to be covered in this workshop. But, yes, and there is more than just that one. There are three active whatever-they-ares, and they‘re not saying what they are on the planet, as far as whatever‘s in the Gulf of Yemen, yes, there is one. And, there‘s two other ones, and they are known, actually. They‘re, actually, they‘re trying to keep it quiet, militarily, and those kinds of things. But, they‘re not getting into that right now because that would put us in danger, ok?

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 15 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Yeah, we‘re on a need-to-know basis. I mean, there‘s certain stuff that they could really entertain us all, with what is really going on with the Illuminati on the planet, but it would get us in trouble to the point where they would shut us up. So that is kind of like the security clearance level that, when it‘s time to talk about that, they will make reference to it. As far as: you just got a job building radio towers, and he‘s wondering if it‘s a good idea to take it. Actually, sure, because you can run the frequencies right into the metal and bring the Double Time Wave, the Kryst Time Wave, right in with the Metatronic one. So, it‘s kind of like, embrace the opposite of what you stand for sometimes, so you can love it and let it blend. So, if you like the job, go for it, is our opinion. Ok, unless there‘s any one more urgent question, we will…oh, one, two, ok. Oh, come on, are they really urgent? Are they really urgent? (Participant question) Oh, ok, all right, that one, I will. It‘s not urgent, but I will. She was saying thank you for us doing the Camelot interview and wondering when it‘s going to be on the Internet. Um, I have no idea when they‘re going to put it on. They‘re supposed to put it on within…sometime, I think, the beginning of June was the original, because, when Carrie…yeah, it will be after this workshop, because Carrie agreed that it was ok that we released it, too, because we promised it to the people from that workshop, from the last workshop, that they could pick it up here and we could have it here. But, it‘s not been released on the Camelot site yet, because she had three or four other interviews before us that were done before us, that were still in the editing process. So, in all fairness, you have to put on, whoever you did next, you put next. So, we were, like, three behind, or three or four behind. So, she did say somewhere probably in the June-ish framework, we‘re thinking. So, somewhere not too long from now it should be on, on the Camelot Project site. So, that would answer that question. And, thank you for thanking us for doing the interview. I hope it‘s helpful. I still go back and, I can‘t wait to see it because, oh my God, we went for seven hours. What did we even talk about? Where did we even start? I don‘t even remember there was so much of it. We might have mentioned Ascension. I know we started there and just went…I was showing diagrams from that workshop coming, right, and going, whoa, this is going out as the entry level? Oh, my God! So, it‘s going to be interesting to watch it, because sometimes with workshops, when they‘re…or even intense interviews like that, after I get done with them, I just want to go to sleep. And, you wake up and go, what did we talk about? I don‘t even remember. There was so much, I had no idea how we organized that, where it was perfectly there, because the Beloveds gave me, the night before, they gave me the set up of…they gave me 80 graphs that I was supposed to use in this interview, and we used most of them. So, anyway, I think that‘s probably a good point to say happy orientation, and have a good evening. And, we will…I would say, probably 2:30, 2:30 to 5:30 tomorrow, we will go into what the Shadra is about, and we will get the first part of the program. Then, tomorrow evening, 5:30 is a set dinner time, and then by 7:00, they‘re going to start loading us on the buses, so we are at the beach, probably, for sunset, which should be lovely. And, then, we will stay and do the Shadra, and that is going to be during that Shadra that we do work to try to coagulate the oil mess in the Gulf, to try to slow that, and to actually try to distribute some of the pressure, to spread it out. Maybe open some more veins, if we can, in the Earth itself that will start pulling some of that pressure off, so it stops the spew level. So, they‘ll tell us more about that by the time we get to the pre-Grid Work briefing session. And, then, excuse me…oh, ok, they‘re just letting me know there‘s four announcements to make before we go. Any of this stuff could actually happen Sunday, because they have Sunday, during the day free. I will say goodnight so, then, A‘san can let us know about the other announcements. But, I‘m glad you‘re all here, and this ought to be fun. By Monday, we‘ll know what it‘s all about. A‘san: Just two minutes, please…I‘ve been asked to read these for you. Next, immediately after our leaving, now, in preparation for Level 1&2 MCEO Ordination that will follow this, the Emerald and Amethyst Awakening Activation. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 16 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Tomorrow, Saturday, at 1:00 pm, Level 1&2 Ordinations. Oh, prior to Ordinations, how does that work? This one‘s at 4 o‘clock, so, at 4 o‘clock on Sunday, the Mahara Baptismal Rite at 4 o‘clock, which precedes and prepares for the Level 3 Regents Ordination at 4:30 on Sunday. Ok, thank you. Have a great weekend.

[1:09:43]

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 17 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Saturday afternoon – Shadra preparation and Technique Run [Audio Tracks 2-4] A‘san ...than already are being. OK, we begin the program with a little bit of A'san time, which usually means prep for something else, which usually means we don't know quite what the something else is yet. By the time I'm done with you, we might have got beyond the Wha tones, which is what we're waiting for, to know more about the Wha's. We all seem to have a connection or two, which is quite confusing, because it could be that you're a Wha that is inclined to the feminine but you're in a male body, which is going to be kind of interesting and vice versa, and combinations of both. They relate to the three paths, fundamentally, and our relationships to them and they, I think - we were working on this, and we were both running line together, until about 5:30 this morning. We were going to go to bed right after we finished last night. They correspond to service roles as well, the Wha's, actually, and which of the three paths we serve. That, to some degree, would suggest that some of us hold Gate keys and codes, and at a certain point or points, we would facilitate the opening of Gates to allow passage, and also raises some tricky questions about those of us that are servicing the fall Gates have to get the hell out real quick, because we don't want to accompany them too far on that path, if you understand what I'm saying. However, before we can get to ambitious levels of service performance, there are some things that we have to do, starting with this afternoon where (To Participant): Would you just show that one Dickie, please? We're going to begin... well, before we go to the beach, we will have completed the Level Three Silver Seed activations, which relate to the Golden-Silver One EtorA Monadic Krystal Temple field, which relates back to the FOL chart pack. I just brought this mylar down to give you a quick visual reminder of what that relates to. I'm not going to talk about it to any great extent. What we're going to do is, to complete this sequence this afternoon and before we get to the beach. (To Participant): So, that's enough Dickie; just a reminder is all I wanted to give. So, our list of business for the remainder of the session with me, while Ash is dealing with the Wha's question is, first of all, to deal with a Shadra organization on the beach in the dark when incompetents like me even remember, but forget, to bring the flashlight. So, how we're going to resolve it is as follows: The Beloveds have given us permission under the circumstances, with 278 people to organize, they approved a plan I proposed which consists of using the kind of talk of the Tribe Shadras, which is like the spokes of the wheel; the twelve nesting with twelve. They gave permission for a proposal of a four Ring Shadra, essentially, in the core. That's 48; and then with a single Ring it's the best we can manage in the darkness on the beach of 96; and then the balancing number, which is a hundred and twenty something I think, 122 maybe; a circle of that number on the outside. So, really, there are times when we have stressed when it's really highly appropriate to concentrate on the geometry, and we will for the essential 48, which will hold what we need held in that way. But, then to complete with the 6 circles under the circumstances is fairly ambitious, anyway. It's going to be hard to do with such a large number of people, so we got the nod on that. So I'll talk to you a little bit about that in a minute, and just explain to you how we're going to get ourselves to personally identify to where we should be and everything else.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 18 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Right after we've dealt with the Shadra questions, we will go on then to a run, and it will be a run of the techniques that were done live after the Easter workshop. That will be a booster for those that were present, and it will also be the essential catch up for those who weren't, so everybody will be up to speed and together. Those that get in the booster will also be capable of benefiting and supporting the people around the room who will be doing it for the first time. Then I have here, in my what-began-as-a 12 Tribes file - it's now the everything file - we have a particular paper sequence of tones that have been used at different times for different reasons, dating back to Dublin workshop late last year. There's a selection of things taken from certain workshops, which would normally have involved drum, too; but they essentially want us to utilize vocal tones for this particular sequence of things, which is, that is what we're working with to complete this particular Level Three activation. Now, in the paper sequence, note-to-self is to just publicly clarify what exactly we say, where we include whatever we say about the Mashaya-Hana Councils in the Krystal River Prayer. So this is a common note, and it's a note that we will be using from this point forward whenever we recite the Krystal River. This is where and how we will incorporate the reference to the Mashaya-Hana Councils. There's something that we've been told to do, and we don't understand it yet, but it's where there's a particular suffix where it relates to a specific Council sub-set of the Mashayanic Council; where there's an 'Aquareion' and an 'Aqueion' and they're different; they occur in different places. (Participant: inaudible) A'san to Participant: Pardon? I'll deal with it right now. Ok. As it were, on page one you hit the run of ―Cum-sa-A'-Ho's‖, and you get down as far as the ―DUr-e-TA'-ta oo-Sha' LA'-zun...‖, right? After that you would add “Cum-sa-A'-HO DUr-e-TA'-ta Mashaya-Hana Aqueion”. Right there, and that's the only time we use the ―Aqueion‖ suffix. There are two more places - pardon? (Participant: inaudible) A'san to Participant: No. I could only do it phonetically because we haven't even got as far, we just wrote it down. I mean, A'sha doesn't know how to spell it at the moment. A-q u-a-e...what? (Participant: Say it again?) A'san: All of it? (Participants: inaudible) A'san: OK. You have the sequence of the ―Cum-sa-A'-Ho's‖, right? You have one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, and then you get to the ―DUr-e-TA'-ta‖, right? Right after that and before ―Cum-sa-A'-HO DUr-e-TA'-ta UteAurorA'‖, in between those two you put the ―Cum-sa-A'-HO DUr-e-TA'-ta Mashaya-Hana Aqueion‖. ―A‖, and either ―eion‖ or ―ion‖. I'm not sure which is technically correct, and as you've noticed anyway, from time to time, things are spelled differently and change over time, until finally it gets nailed as one particular thing. Sometimes because you guys ask questions, and sometimes because the Beloveds just do it. Now, the second place that crops up is in part two. We pick up part two by, with, ―In the name of the Melchizedek Cloister, Emerald Order, Holy Order of the Yunasai, Sacred House of One‖. Right after that, we would then say, ―In the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 19 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

name of the Mashaya-Hana Council of Aquareion”; right there. ―In the name of the Mashaya-Hana Council of Aquareion‖. Then, the third and the final time we refer to the Mashaya-Hana Councils is in closing, and we close with, ―In the name of the Councils of...In the name of the Councils of...In the name of the Councils of KrystalA', Krystal River and Aurora. Before those three we say, ―In the name of the Mashaya-Hana Council of Aquareion‖. Right there and then go on, ―Councils of KrystalA', Councils of Krystal River, Councils of Aurora. We all good? (Participant: Is that a different place than where we were doing it before?) A'san to Participant: Yeah,s we were aware that it was coming up in inconsistent places. (Participant: So forget the other places.) A'san to Participant: Yes. I mean, we're aware of that we're clarifying that as we do this, as well as how we should be utilizing the correct Council references in the appropriate places, too. (Participant: So it's different than the latest [inaudible]). A'san to Participant: Yes. (Participant: inaudible) A'san to Participant: Sorry? The very first reference? (Participant: inaudible) A'san: I wish I'd brought a mylar of this, I could show you. Just give me a second; I'll see if I can find a mylar. In that space right there. Are there any other questions? (Participants: inaudible) (Participant: So we're to forget the other additions from before?) A'san to Participant: Pardon? (Participant: The other additions from before?) A'san to Participant: No. Don't forget anything, darling; just update the instruction. We're now being told explicitly and clearly, exactly, what we have to add; exactly what we have to say, and exactly where in the sequence of the entire prayer it has to be done. That is the most up-to-date position the Beloveds have given us this afternoon. (Participants: inaudible discussion) A'san: The second place, ―In the name of the Mashaya-Hana Council of Aquareion‖, goes right there. (Participants: inaudible discussion) A'san: And finally, you want me to do the third one? (Inaudible) Before we go on to the Shadra business, I will just tell you, in case any of you would like to ruffle through any of your files or notes that you may keep or bring with you, the sequence that we were given for specific use this afternoon, it's also a good boosting sequence that we use at home in this way too. Yeah, I'm going to do that. I just...all right; so I'm not going to tell you what the sequence is... The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 20 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

We will, the sequence that the Beloveds have asked us to use today to complete this Level Three activation, and something that we tend to use at home as a combination for boosting, clearing and such things, is the following sequence. It begins with the Krystal River Prayer, which is why we spent almost half a day clarifying where we add three lines. I know we've got no right to speak about consuming time in irresponsible ways. I know. Then we finish the Krystal River with the usual song, the Be-TU. Then we go onto the Floating Buddha's Rite in this particular sequence, and then we use the Sphere of Destiny Psonn of the Arc of the Covenant. This is, as it were, the first time we've done this combination or used this in this way, but we then use the 12 Ariea?...of Aquareion, and we just use the toning part of that. Of course, if we were in a drumming situation, you could incorporate drums too, if you're inclined to, but that has been given as a, very much as a personal option. Today if people wanted to tickle a drum a little, then it would be perfectly fine, but they're telling us that to just use the vocal toning is more than adequate for our purposes. So that's the sequence that we will be working with. Now, Shadra time. (Participant: Are we going to be getting a paper? Are we going to be separate groups with different tones?) A'san to Participant: No. Everyone is doing everything together. (Participant: And, are we going to be given a paper with those tones written down?) A'san to Participant: Not before we do them. (Participant: They're easy to remember? It's not very long?) A'san to Participant: Well, I'll help you with it. (Participant: What are the tones? Do you have them with you?) A'san to Participant: Can we do that when we get there? (Participant: I just want to get there.) A'san: Yeah. I mean, I will help people with stuff they're not familiar with, and we'll make sure that we can repeat it together correctly. Excuse me, but I'm not being anything but caringly serious. We didn't get the sequence confirmed until ten minutes before three, when I was trying to find out how many were here and were going to be in the Shadra, and how I was going to organize it and do all those things. It just, there just isn't time to do things the nicest way we possibly could. So you just have to bear with us, in that regard. All right; Shadra... hmm. This is something that I roughed out for the first time we did it at 12 Tribes, and what we're going to do is set up the first 48. So we're calling this ―Circle One‖, this ―Circle Two‖. The extension that comes between the ankles, knees, calves of this person, this person, this person, until there will be an extension to make Circle Three from the same position. From the ankles to knees of this person, there will be an extension that makes Circle Four. So the first 48, as it were - no pun intended at all - we need to set up these four circles in this way. This is the usual kind of way that we do it, but I'm just pointing out exactly where Circle Three would run from that point.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 21 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So they would be actually, literally, lying on the North-South axis and the East-West Axis; but that's off Circle One. So, when we get Circle One in place first, then we'll bring Circle Two into place in the normal way, and people stay right out on the edges so that the people in the middle, trying to get themselves organized and see what they're doing, we'll get number two in place. Then I'll ask for the number Three people to come in and drop their heads in the usual place, between the open legs of these people, and then, finally, Circle Four will come in and drop in between the legs of the people that were already down on the ground. Finally, Circle Five will then be asked to come and create a circle, which you'll just have to organize yourselves as you go along, and pay a little bit attention to spacing. Don't get bunched up in some places and real gappy in other places, and don't finish up on Bradenton Beach instead of Siesta Key either. Then, finally, Circle Six will be asked to come in and take up it's places. Sometimes you know, people, there are some people that haven't actually registered yet. Sometimes people don't actually show on the beach, and we treat Circle Six as a somewhat moving feast in a little way; because you can't legislate for absolutely every individual being where you need them to be; but this will work. The Beloveds have confirmed that this plan will, energetically speaking, support exactly what we need to do. Again, with simplicity in mind, all I've done is having got the registration list and the most accurate number count I could, and I had less than ten minutes to deal with this part too, hence the lack of copy paper. The first twelve will just simply go alphabetically. So, I'll read out the names of the first twelve. The people who make out Circle number One will be Mary A., George A.... well, I have got two George A. Does anybody know? (Participant: There's not two George A.) A'san to Participant: There are not? (Participant: There's only one.) A'san to Participant: There's only one? (Participant: Yes.) A'san: There's only one George A. So that's immediately screwed up the numbers, but anyway (inaudible). I know, I often say that. Sometimes I get a reply. With only slightly shattered confidence, Circle One people, people one through twelve: Mary A., George A., Josh A., Robert A., Susan A., Alyssa A., Jan Andreas B., Catherine B. What? We've got Catherine B., one male, and Jan Backer, one male for? There's only one Jan B. Wrong, wrong; excuse me a minute. How difficult is it to count twelve people who are really here? One, two, three, four, five, six seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve; OK. I saw Ash (inaudible) when I saw you come in. You frightened me to death. (Participant: They're just now coming, so they're not on the list; and then David D. is not coming.) A'san to Participant: Who? (Participant: David D.) A'san: Is that? Got that right there. OK. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 22 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

(Participant: And there's only one other one, (inaudible). I'm not sure if she's here yet. You could ask if she's here.) A'san: OK, is Olga K. present? Olga K. (Participant: Yes) A'san to Olga K: You are? Great. (Participant: Ah; how do I say this, but Alyssa A. isn't here either.) A'san: Who? (Participant: Alyssa A.) A'san: She isn't? She is? She isn't? (Participant: She's not. She's left. I've seen her.) (Participants: inaudible discussion.) A'san: I'm not surprised that someone's leaving, because they already know I'm going to have to count to ninety-six in public. Right; well, excuse us for the administrative distraction. (Participant: Someone made a comment: if everybody stands when their name is called, then you'll know they're present.) A'san: OK (Participant: When you call their name.) A'san: OK. I think I've just been given an idea from cadet school. If you don't mind, would you mind standing up when your name is mentioned? Or put your hand up, or something? OK, we have a graduate with honors. There's only one George A. Mary A.; Circle One. George A.; Circle One. All of these are Circle One's. Josh A., Robert A., Susan A., there may or may not be Alyssa A., Jan B., Catherine B., Sasan B., Debra B., Richard B., and Marvin B. You all indicate that you're present? You are. Yes? Oh, now I have to count you. OK look, it's simpler, just give me, we've got twelve people, yeah? Right. You people are the Circle One people, and you will occupy the Shadra position first. You will set your circle as closely resembling a circle as possible. Between yourselves, will you please assign the positions using the North-South East-West coordinates, where the12:00-6:00 axis running North-South, as we always do. So, would you please just get into a little huddle, figure out who's going to be where, so that you can get into your positions quickly? All you will have to do is to wait for Circle Three's to come in, and they'll want to drop their heads somewhere between around your calves area. So, you can sit down; thank you, and that took us to Marvin B., didn't it? One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve. OK, Circle Two are the people who are going to lie, as it were, in the outer Ring on their hand drawn layout out there. Again, I would ask you if you get yourself up into a little huddle and decide approximately where you're going to be, so all you have to do is look at that and see, well, someone's going to lie down to one side of the northern person.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 23 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Then you have two more moving towards the eastern side of the circle and dropping in, as you look at that chart, and once you guys have decided where you're going to be in relation to that simple North, South, East, West layout, it means that the other two circles can get into position really quickly. So, the twelve for Circle Two will be Annette B. - sorry to have to separate you from your companion - Margaret B., Estelle B., William B., Derek B., Leyley B., Saskaya B., Pam B., Regina, B., Johanna B., Matthew B., and Marie Christine B., I think is probably how you say it. (Participant: Are you guys all standing up? Everyone stand up please?) A'san: One, two, three, four, five - Mary, are you standing up for this or not? You were in the first circle. Have we got twelve here or not? (Participant: Counts to eleven.) A'san: Who's missing then? So, there's someone here, but not here in the room. What shall we decide to do, include her in the second circle? That means someone has to tell her, find her, tell her and get her integrated into the organization or we'll just appoint another person right now while we're talking about it. (Participants: Appoint [inaudible]). A'san: And what was her name? (Participant: Leyley B?) A'san: Leyley B? (Participant: She's here.) A'san: In the room? So who's missing then? (Participant: I think it was maybe the second person you called?) A'san: Annette B., Margaret B. (Participant: Is Margaret here? Here.) A'san: Estelle B., William B., Derek B., Leyley B., Saskaya B., Pam B., Regina B., Johanna B., (Participant: That's the one.) A'san: OK. Well, if anyone knows Johanna B., would you let her know that her position assignment will be in Circle Six. It's just the simplest way to deal with it. So then we have to go beyond the last person and add: one, two three, four, five...eight, nine, ten.... So Debbie B. will now become part of Circle Two. Debbie, are you here? (Participant Debbie: Yes.) A'san: OK, good, right. Circle Three begins with Janet B., Tim B., Donna B., Melissa C., I didn't hear Donna. (Participant: Here; she's here.) The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 24 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

A'san: OK. Candace C., Nicholas C., Ronald C., Dean B., Diane B., is that Diane? It looks like Dean actually, the way it's written. Do we have a B? (Participant: Yes, he's here.) A'san: Yes. OK, we're good then. Elmer D., and the final three of this circle will be Beatrice C., Traci C., and Rose KG. Are those three people here? (Participant: Here, yes.) A'san: Beatrice, Traci, Rose, yes? (Participant: Yes.) A'san: I can't hear. (Participant: Traci and Rose. OK, Rose or no Rose?) A'san: Well, if Rose shows up, she will have to go to Circle Six, and I presume then Ray KG. isn't here either. OK; so Diane C., you will be in Circle Three then, and both the KGs, if they ask where they should be, will be in Circle Six. Well, they can stand now, and I've assigned Diane C. as the twelfth and final person in Circle number Three, and the final circle of twelve will be Charlotte C., Dean C., Kimberly C., Cheryl C., Bunty C., Croz C., Croz? (Participant: He's present, but not in the building.) A'san: OK, well, just remember my son Joseph send your regards, his regards. So then, we skip Croz and we go on to Jeanette D., and Croz will have to go to Circle Six then. Tammy D., Bernard D., Deanna D. (Participant: Not here.) A'san: No? Hang on: I got my numbers all screwed up now. One, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, OK. So, Beverly D., Tyler D., Elizabeth D., Lou D... That is Circle Four. OK now; just give me a second please. OK. Now then, the Fifth Circle should go all the way from Lydia D., you here, Jo D., Rachel D., Pat D., Grace D., Linda D., Doris E., Uni E. Now I'm on to the F's. Now listen, please, carefully. Everyone with the last name beginning with F is a part of Circle Five. Everyone beginning with the last name G and H is part of Circle Five. Everyone with the last name beginning with J, K, L, or M and N - I should say: up to Kimberly M. and Don M.; they're the last two last name M's that are part of Circle Five. Circle Six begins with Sylvia M., Espen M., Johannes C., Lou M., Maria M., the Moorkins girls; Jared and Willa you have to be in the middle anyway. Melissa, F., you'll need to stand in for, if you're around, you need to stand in for Zhan tonight, would you? Anyway, so the Six Circle begins with the last name beginning with an 'M', but at Silvia M. So Don M. and Kimberly M. are in Circle Five. Then it ends and we come into everybody else with last names going: M, N, O, P, and what have you; you're all in Circle Six. Every conceivable last name from that point forward. OK, are we OK?

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 25 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Isn't it interesting how you think you'll simply find something that's going to be so easy and quick and smooth, and when you think it's going to be hard and complicated, it isn't. I don't know. So, we can chill out now; thank you. A'san to Participants: Now it will be time, Jim and Noel; I believe that we, did you receive the message from mac that we're only running the live part of the techs and not the beach component from Easter? Did you get that all right? Yeah, good; OK. Well then, in your own time, could you run it? Are people in need of a potty or anything before we do this? It's not very long. You do want to? OK well, scuttle then. Go as quickly as you can, and get back as quickly as you can, because you've got dinner at 5:30 and it's already 4 o'clock. A'san: Quickly then. A brief moment to explain some simple things again. I get that for people who are as old as me, you would remember a terrific disco song called ―Ball of Confusion‖. Circle One: these are little feet and those are little heads pictured graphically. I remember this from my lifetime in the caves. An archeologist had been in touch wanting to know what I meant. They traced it to me. I started the whole cave man movement; don't you know that? All on my own without a woman, you know, it's from a rib. Yeah right! By the way, have you ever tried making love to a rib anyway? More inflexible than a woman can be. Now, so, Circle One is this one in here; heads facing the same. OK, not too tight, because there will be six people in here, in the middle. All right. You can, you know how we do this; so heads facing in, right? Feet pointing out this way. Ankles spread apart, because eventually a circle will form by a person coming in and laying in between this point. Circle Two, using Circle One as a little blueprint, these guys will come along and will lay down with their heads pointing inwards with their head positioned more or less at calf level of the first circle, so that forms Circle Two. Now, Circle Three then is looking at all of this and goes, 'Ah, I must be a Circle Three person. I'm going to connect with the appropriate parts of a Circle One person‖. So a Circle Three targets this position here, with their feet pointing out like that, and then, finally, Circle Four comes in, seeing where these guys are. You can see the wiggly shape that goes on, because this person, Circle Three person, will be in here sticking out. Circle Four then goes into these positions; all the way around Circle Four forms. Is that clear to everyone now? Right. Now then, once those circles are formed in sequence, and we keep out of everyone's way while Circle One are doing it; while Circle Two are doing it and Circle Three people (are) coming in, Circle Four people come. Finally then the Circle Five will then do their best, heads pointing inwards to form an enclosing circle all the way around the outside of the final circle...Four people's feet so that the heads of Circle Five will form, if you like, a perfect circle. When they have done this thing like that, and they've done their best to make what will represent as a circle, then the Circle Six people can see where they need to be, and they will distribute themselves around the outside edge, heads facing inwards all the way around the outside of five, and they we'll be done. (Participant: How much distance between the feet of Circle Five and the head of Circle Six would you like?) A'san: Not a lot. A couple of feet probably; one to two feet. There won't be any moving from the time we get down into that position, so there isn't any worry about cluttering and being in each other‘s way, and things like that. Anyway, I hope that's clarified and now we can go on to the live techniques at this stage.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 26 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

A'san: ...before, but the fourth final part, was not something we anticipated. So there's still quite a little bit of work to do. So if you don't mind, we'll just press right on with this. I don't suppose we should care too much about making it to the beach for sunset; but if we can, it would be a lovely thing to do. Sunset will be around about, just about eight o'clock; a little bit before maybe. So our schedule is to break for dinner in twenty-five. I don't quite think we'll make it, but soon after that, if we get along now. Then we will see you at the beach this evening, and hear more about how Aurora Earth figures in our work this evening, and discover what Ash has been getting about the Wha's, and what we need to understand about our relationship to those. So then, without more adieu, we should move directly into the Krystal River Prayer. We ready? OK. ―DE-va‘ en-TUr‘-A E‘-Sta-en-taO Rei-ha-VA‘-ah UN-Krys-ta‘-LO E-Rha‘-HO e-Te-na Ha‘-VA e-TU- TO‘- RA en-cha‘-hA NU‘-vO-et-TA en-Ta-rO SE‘-va blen‘-A OOUr-tU- en-Ka‘LA DA-hE-NE‘-va A-sa-Lah‘-sO en-DU-e‘thra Don Aquari DA-hE-U‘r-tO tra-DE‘-Lha Ur-en-Ta‘-RO de‘-Ha‘ah-TUr Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta en-ta-HU‘m UN-KrystaLA Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta Aquious Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta AquaFarE Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta Aquari Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta Ha‘ah-TUr Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta AdonA‘ Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta EyanA‘ Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta Eieyani‘ Ma‘a Hoo-et-A Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta oo-Sha‘ LA‘-zun dU Rho-szet‘-TA Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta Mashaya-Hana Aqueion Cum-sa -A‘-HO DUr-e-TA‘-ta Ute-AurorA‘! Bhendi-Dur‘O -ah-MA‘-Jha Ute-AurorA Aqueion Bhendi-Ha‘-LA E-Sha-NU‘-a Ute-AurorA Aqueion Bhendi-Ra-MA‘ Ra-tha-jhen-tU Ute-AurorA Aqueion ―Bring forth now the Krystal River of Eternal 1st Creation Bring forth now the Healing Waters of the Edons Umshaddhi Bring forth now the Gentle Wind-song of the Sacred Yunasun Bring forth here the Radiant Starlight of the Eternally StarBorn Let the Krystal River flow unto my doorstep Let the Krystal River cleanse and heal my Soul May the Krystal River Love-song All-embracing Emerge now from my Krysted Krystal Core to softly call me HOME!‖ ―DE-va‘ en-TUr‘-A E‘-Sta-en-taO Rei-ha-VA‘-ah UN-Krys-ta‘-LO DE-va‘ en-TUr‘-A E‘-Sta-en-taO Rei-ha-VA‘-ah UN-Krys-ta‘-LO DE-va‘ en-TUr‘-A E‘-Sta-en-taO Rei-ha-VA‘-ah UN-Krys-ta‘-LO ―Ashalum-Ta- Eckasha DUr Ashalum-Ta- Eckasha DUr Ashalum-Ta- Eckasha DUr‖

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 27 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

A'san: Three breaths. ―In the name of the Melchizedek Cloister, Emerald Order, Holy Order of the Yunasai, Sacred House of One ―In the name of the Mashaya-Hana Councils of Aquareion In the name of the Councils of KrystalA‘ In the name of the Councils of Krystal River In the name of the Councils of Aurora ―We call upon the Kristiac Powers of the Sha-A‘ Da a-moor We call upon the Kristiac Powers of the Jha-et‘-A Dur-a We call upon the Kristiac Powers of the Aah-QuA‘-el We call upon the Kristiac Powers of the et-a-LA‘a KrystalA‘ We call upon the Kristiac Powers of the E-Ta-Ur‘ Sha-LA‘ ―We now Command* with the entrusted Powers of Aurora Light, We now Invoke the Eternal Krysted Sun… to Co-create, Release and Renew this PLACE ―We now Declare in Eternal Sanctification… This PLACE, this LAND and All within…. Into the Kristiac Protection here-in set… ‗‘...that the Spirit of Urtha-Sala Rise, the Power of Urtha-Sala Heal, and the Wisdom of Urtha-Sala here within Preside, in the name of the Eternal Krist of 1st-Creation and by the Divine Vehicle of the Rei-ha-VA‘-ah UN-Krys-ta‘-LO (Krystal River). ―In Co-creative Krist Embrace, with Absolute Humility, Absolute Love and Absolute Fore-giving, And ONLY in Absolute Service to the Eternal Krist and ITs Ever-Loving Healing Devotion to ALL-LIFE EVERYWHERE, We BANISH NOW from this Sacred PLACE… all that is unwilling to receive the Absolute Cleansing of the KrystalA‘, within the Covenants of Divine Right Order and Divine Right Timing, as ONLY Eternal God-Source can know. ―In Loving Kristiac Service we offer Release and Host Arrangement to All those present whom are in need and seek to HEAL within the Sacred Cleansing Field of Urtha-Sala and the Eternal Divine Flows of the Rei-ha-VA‘-ah UN-Krys-ta‘LO. ―In Kristiac Reverence, Joy and Gratitude for the Unceasing Love and Mercy of the ONE-SOURCE Most-Divine, we END NOW and COMPLETE this Kristiac Sanctification and Salvage Rite of Reclamation…. ―In the name of the ONE-TRUE-SOURCE-GOD-ETERNAL In the name of the KRIST-DIVINE In the name of the Rei-ha-VA‘-ah UN-Krys-ta‘-LO In the name of the Mashaya-Hana Council of Aquareion In the name of the Councils of KrystalA‘ In the name of the Councils of Krystal River The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 28 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

In the name of the Councils of Aurora In the name of the Melchizedek Cloister, Emerald Order, Holy Order of the Yunasai, Sacred House of ONE And in the name of __________(your common or spiritual name spoken)-the Eternally Kristiac ―I AM THIS I AM.‖ ―Ta A‘jha- in‘ta DO‘-A Ta A‘jha- in‘ta DO‘-A Ta A‘jha- in‘ta DO‘-A.‖ A'san: And just one round of 'Be-Tu', both verses. We'll go off at a bit of a lick, all right; we'll go quickly right away, OK? One, two, three... (Participants sing the Psonn of Aurora) A'san: I think it would be better if I just run this as a repeat after me thing now. We're going into the Floating Buddha's Rite, and so just take three quick Krystar breaths, repeat the Elemental Orb Command three times, the, ―Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa, Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa, Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa.‖ (Participants repeat Elemental Orb Command three times.) We next use the Calling Command. Just once to bring in the six Sha-DA Cloister members who will all be to their usual positions around you, and so we say just one time through. (A'san and Participants): ―Ah ZhU'TU Ah-VA Cum-sa A'-VO Aha-Ta'. A'-TU, KEi'sa, Ah'-RA, KA'-Vo, SE-A'-TA A'-JhUn e-ThrA' TU-ah Neu-en' CU-sa TA'-va Um-Shed-rah TE-SA Ha-VO.‖ A'san: And the Raising Command follows, which is, ―E'-sta en-ta'Ro DE-A'-SU NA-Va-Ro.‖ (A'san and Participants repeat the Raising Command.) A'san: And that should do it. Now, we bi-locate ourselves to become a Seventh Buddha with all of them. The Union Command, ―Ah'-TU Se-TA' UM‖. Repeat that; so we do six all together. (A'san and Participants repeat the Union Command six times.) Good. A'san: Now the Sphere of Destiny Psonn of the Arc of the Covenant. First stanza once through. So we do, as in stanza one, once through. We do the first two lines once, and the second two lines, three times. In stanza two, we do three lines once through, and three lines three times through. They are - after me - one time through: (A'san followed by Participants): ―A-ah'-RO tA E' DON A' Ip'-Rha E' LA' SU A'-jhUn-et-a.‖

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 29 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

A'san: That's it, one time and I'll say this to you - don't follow me - and we do this three times: ―E' San DE-STah'-RO INish'-Tah A‖, three times. (A'san and Participants repeat three times). A'san: Fine, and I'll do the three lines, and then we do this once. I'll say it to you first, though, and perhaps we'll handle this one line at a time; but I'll do all three straight away. (A'san and Participants repeat once): ―Sep'-Tah en-A' ShU ah'-RA a CUm sa-A'-VO A-Ton-A' BRE'-hem DE-ah-sa'Lo ah'-jhem.‖ A'san: That's that. Now there are three lines to do three times and they are these; I'll say them to you. (A'san followed by participants, who repeat three times): ―DE'-Sta en'-Tah ep'-A SE'-rah ah'-jhun-A' ah'-jhun-A'.‖ A'san: And now we move onto the tonal parts; not the drum rhythm sequences, but just the tonal parts of the 12 Arrows of Aquareion, the Planetary Mirror Ball and Drum Circle technique, as was given. This is the final stage of what they're having us do in prep for our time together on the beach. So, we do one round of the following, which I'll read to you, and then we will do it once together. ―DhrE'-a - Neir'-um / DhrE'-a ZhA /" A'san: Do you want me to read it all to you, or just one line at a time? I'll do it one line at a time then, so I understand how you like to do it. OK, this line will be, we'll start over. (Participants repeat each line following A'san): ―DhrE'-a - Neir'-um / DhrE'-a ZhA / SO'-sha ECK-TU'R-UN Jha-Dha'-Tu MUiR-ev'-TA DhrE'a - MUiR'-ev'-TA / Neir'-um-Jha-Dha'Tu / DhrE'-a ECK-TU'R-UN SO'-sha ZhA'.‖ A'san: Now, the next components are, again, a combination of four. The first one, and we have to do this through, it says here, ―Home‖. Let's pretend we're at home. We'll do it three times through. OK, the first element is, (Participants repeat after A'san): ―ah-Bhr'A-onTA' e-SE'wa-RU, ah-Bhr'A-onTA' e-SE'wa-RU.‖ Second one is: ―eh-LA'-sha-en Sa-A'-Ta-VU', eh-LA'-sha-en Sa-A'-Ta-VU'.‖ (Participants repeat). The third is: ―Dha'-Lan TE'-La Oeur-A' Hum Ka, Dha-A' ShE'-wa Jha-en'TU Ah-LE'SA' Ha!‖ (Participants repeat). Perhaps we're not at home. OK, we'll do it again then: ―ah-Bhr'A-onTA' e-SE'wa-RU.‖

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 30 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

(Participants repeat.) Where are we now? The second one? For the second time: ―eh-LA'-sha-en Sa-A'-Ta-VU', Dha'-Lan TE'-La Oeur-A' Hum Ka, Dha-A' ShE'-wa Jha-en'TU Ah-LE'SA' Ha!‖ (Participants repeat) It's correct. And the final time through, (A‘san with Participants): ―ah-Bhr'A-onTA' e-SE'wa-RU, eh-LA'-sha-en Sa-A'-Ta-VU', Dha'Lan TE'-La Oeur-A' Hum Ka, Dha-A' ShE'-wa Jha-en'TU Ah-LE'SA' Ha!‖ A'san: (humming) OK, twelve times through: ―Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha-Sa.‖ (A'san and Participants complete twelve rounds). One time through the following. This is the one that is in a different sequence than in the other. It is the ―Fae-Ri' SE-A-Ta KA'Vo Ah'-RA KEi'-sa A'TU Za'-Ta‖. That sequence, and we will do that three times through, OK? (A'san with Participants): ―Fae-Ri' SE-A-Ta KA'Vo Ah'-RA KEi'-sa A'TU Za'-Ta Fae-Ri' SE-A-Ta KA'Vo Ah'-RA KEi'-sa A'TU Za'-Ta Fae-Ri' SE-A-Ta KA'Vo Ah'-RA KEi'-sa A'TU Za'-Ta.‖

A'san: OK, how about we do that together? That was the closest I've ever heard us do; is something called punk rock. It just didn't do it for me, you know? Well, if only; one day I will be able to, but I can't do it this... What we have to work with are the following: (A'san and Participants repeat together): ―Fae-Ri' SE-A-Ta KA'Vo Ah'-RA KEi'-sa A'TU Za'-Ta, Fae-Ri' SE-A-Ta KA'Vo Ah'-RA KEi'-sa A'TU Za'-Ta – A'san: One more time (with Participants): ―Fae-Ri' SE-A-Ta KA'Vo Ah'-RA KEi'-sa A'TU Za'-Ta.‖ . A'san: Brilliant. Now what do they have for us, and how many times we have to do it? OK, twelve of this. So, what we're going to do, is just simply repeat: ―Ah-BrA' E'Ta‖, three times, but twelve rounds of three, OK? We're going to say, ―Ah-BrA' E'Ta, Ah-BrA' E'Ta, Ah-BrA' E'Ta‖. That's one round, so you've got it. Three times is one round, and we're doing twelve of three; that's thirty six all together, got it? OK, one, two, three go: ―Ah-BrA' E'Ta, AhBrA' E'Ta, Ah-BrA' E'Ta A'!‖ (A'san and Participants repeat three at a time, twelve times). A'san: You were there. Now, I just want you to inhale upwards from the Earth Core to pick up what this technique is doing. So, just take a deep, inhale breath up from Earth Core, up through your feet into the AzurA; hold at the AzurA. At this moment, the Ah-SA'-yas Elemental Orb Flows are running up into your AzurA from the Ah-SA'-yas Reservoir, now open in Earth Core. Exhale firmly upward from the AzurA, using the breath to push the Ah-SA'-yas Orb Flow from your AzurA upward into Earth's atmosphere. Then resume normal breathing as the Ah-SA'-yas Elemental Orb Flow amplifies the Density-1 Mirror Ball activation within Earth's Encryption Lattice layers, which sparks the Density-1 Planetary Mirror Ball into Coronal Radiance activation. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 31 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Take a long, slow inhale breath, using the inhale to draw downward from Earth's atmosphere a personal Pillar of pale Golden-Silver Mirror Ball Light from the Planetary Mirror Ball fields and into your AzurA. Hold this breath at the AzurA for a moment, and then, when you're ready this will be a 12-point exhale into your fields, sending your Mirror Ball Light from you AzurA outward through your Allurean Chambers to activate your personal Density-1 Mirror Ball Coronal fields. And we're almost concluded. We return, though, to close this with, ―Ah-BrA' E'Ta‖, another thirty six times. One, two, three, go. (A'san and Participants repeat thirty-six times). Sweet. And finally, the very last thing to do... (Participant: You said thirty-six. That wasn't thirty-six.) A'san: How many was it then? It was twelve rounds of three; I assure you. It's forty-eight that I get wrong. You were just having a good time, weren't you? That's fine; we're all good.

So, we are going to close this. Repeat toning the Elemental Orb call with the Sha-DA Buddha Team Elemental Calling Tone sequence, which goes the way of, ―Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa, Fae-Ri', SE-A-Ta, KA'Vo, Ah'-RA, KEi'-sa, A'TU, Za'-Ta‖, which we did a little while ago; except we didn't incorporate the, ―Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa.‖ Three rounds of that, and then we finish with three of the, ―Ta A‘jha- in‘ta DO‘-A‖, and then we're finished. So three times, (A'san and Participants repeat): ―Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa, Fae-Ri', SE-A-Ta, KA'Vo, Ah'-RA, KEi'-sa, A'TU, Za'-Ta Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa, Fae-Ri', SE-A-Ta, KA'Vo, Ah'-RA, KEi'-sa, A'TU, Za'-Ta Ah-ShA'-ah NE'Ra- O'cha- Sa, Fae-Ri', SE-A-Ta, KA'Vo, Ah'-RA, KEi'-sa, A'TU, Za'-Ta Ta A‘jha- in‘ta DO‘-A Ta A‘jha- in‘ta DO‘-A Ta A‘jha- in‘ta DO‘-A.‖ A'san: Brilliant. Now I reckon we've got a good fire burning now. Let's see what we can do with it after dinner on the beach. OK, so, enjoy dinner. Coaches should be loading at 7 o'clock pretty much on the dot, so, from the outside of the front of the hotel.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 32 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Saturday afternoon – 12 Arrows of Aquareion Planetary Mirror Ball Drum Circle and Shadra Shield at Siesta Key beach [Audio Tracks 5A-E] A‘sha Tonight's Shadra Shield Projection is going to accomplish a few things. Before we go into it, into discussing the Shield more, I'll just describe a bit about what they gave me this afternoon in pertaining to this. There are two levels of activations that were scheduled to start at other workshops. They are actually going to be compiled with the ones in this workshop, so we are getting an expedited activation set, so it's not just the things we are expecting to be activated during this workshop, but also what would have been on the next two. With that, I wanted to show you, by the time we are all done, by the time I had this little bit of compiling information from various graphs from before that they wanted me to do, to be able to show you some these things... I was hoping to come down and show a few graphs and start from there before we went into this, but there was no time. By the time you guys had gotten done with what you have done, it was the same time I got done writing down the information myself, and it was time to get on buses and that kind of stuff. It's alright. We can go over those as the beginning of, when we start tomorrow evening at 9. But some of the things I would like you to just understand a bit of what we're going to be doing with the Shadra Shield. The first thing that we've known we were going to do was, this is the Level-3 of the Transharmonic Time-Wave Activations. It will activate the Mirror Ball Blend Fields that correspond to certain levels, and I'll talk about that. I would have showed that on a graph, but I'll show that when we do the in-house thing. The first thing that we have known is that it is going to do the Level-3 of the Monadic Activation, the Mashaya-HanaAmorea Silver Seed Golden Silver One Temple, the Krystal Temple, so by the end of the Shadra, that will have been accomplished. But there are several other things that are going to happen too. Another thing that was supposed to occur during this one, was complimentary to some of the Mirror Ball Activations that we began in the last workshop. In the last workshop's Mirror Ball Activation set, we activated what was called the Mirror Ball # 3 and # 5, out of 5 Mirror Ball Fields and that began a process of bringing the Protection Fields of the Aurora Earth Fields and the Blend Fields, into our Density-1 level Encryption Lattice. And going through all of the correspondences that were on the charts from the last workshop, that means that we received, we began to download the protection frequencies of the Transharmonic Time-Wave into our... I believe our Mental Body activations and Etheric Body activations actually started in the last workshop, and they will complete as we complete this Shadra. So, what completion of those Mirror Ball Activations means is that from this point forward, there is a complete Metatronic freeze on the D-1 Etheric Body and the D-3 Mental Body. That means in simple terms that with whatever the gene code you're working with, be it high Kristic or Illuminati, it means that on the D-3 level they won't be able to push into your head anymore, your mind from the astral (applause)... Finally... yes, and what's been interesting is whatever is happening that they are going to talk about, what the other, the FA groups are doing, it really kicked stuff up in the last month, but particularly in the last week. Even though we have been activating the Protection Field in the D-3 level and the D-1 level in our bodies, our D-2 level is still not protected, The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 33 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

and that's our biochemical interface, literally our DNA and our biochemical processes in the body. And they have still been vulnerable until that level of Mirror Ball activation takes place. Now, that begins in this workshop and it completes in the Sliders-8, which is in August. So at that point they cannot push into the Physical Bodies, where you get that switch, that Jekyll and Hyde effect, where a person is one person at one moment and then the other thing pushes them out temporarily and gets in and does nasty stuff through their body. So, that will block that from actually, August when the Sliders-8, when it completes, forward. So, we are progressively building the Protection Fields here. So we will be doing this time, finishing the Level # 3 and 5 Mirror Ball Activation levels, and we‘ll be initiating or starting the Level-2 and the... not level, it‘s number, they call these numbers, not levels, # 2 and # 4 Mirror Ball Activations. So that we‘ll be beginning while we‘re in Shadra. Now there‘s some other interesting things happening in this Shadra Shield that weren't going to be done yet, they were going to be done at a future time when certain other sets of Gates would need to be opened. And I don't know a lot about the Gates yet but they‘re called them the Gates of Wha - w, h, a. The group that has to do with these Gates - and they interface with Aurora Earth, with our Earth, and with some other things too. I think they are probably are going to let us know about within the Aurora Continuum, I have a feeling maybe on the AdorA side. These Gates are going to be activated early because of something that is taking place in the planetary grids from the FA groups' activities. Because of that, we are getting an early invitation to meet the - what did they call them, the... we just call them the Wha‘s for short, but it's actually the Wha-YA-yas. They are referred to as the Wha-YA-yas. They are six groups of different race lines of the Wha-YA-yas. They are all Adashi Masters - they don't like the word masters, Adepts, they are all Adashi Adepts. Their actual form, you know what they know themselves as is ‗Conscious Air‘ just like the Ah-JhU-na.‘ But they take on gender bodies in order to interact with the Gates in various Systems, and in the Aurora Continuum. So out of the six groups - and they all have the name Wha at the end, there are six groups of them, and three of them are female, and three of them are male. Now, their consciousness is androge, so it's not like... some might be a little more female or a little more male, but their orientation is androge and they take on a gender body for the purpose of... Each gender body has like certain specialties in frequency that it can do that the other can't do as well, and it's very equally balanced. The women can do certain things, women body can do certain things that men‘s can't and vice versa. So, that's why they take on gender forms to be able to run the Polarity Gates in this System. So, we are going to have an opportunity to meet them. In order to do this we are going to go on an interesting Journey which, they are going to bring the Bow-Ship back in, but they are going to bring it in from under, so it's not going to come down from the sky, it's actually going to come up under the Shield. And we're going to use the Bow-Ship that came in and activated at the last workshop. It's a Plasma Ship. It's going to create the field around, within and around our Shadra that will allow us to go back into Ah-MA‘-ya-san where we went in the Projection in the last workshop, and that is the control Ancient Arrow Site, and Ah-MA‘-ya-san is the one that ... (laughing due to overhead noise by helicopter)

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 34 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Hello... hey... oh boy. We have a permit. Anybody know how to say we have a permit in Morse code? Are they going to land on the beach and harass us? This is interesting. Hi... That was really bizarre timing. I‘m just saying that ... yeah really... I just said the Plasma Ship isn't going to come down from the sky this time, it's going to come up from under (laughing)... waking dream... Anyway...when we project, we're going to do a Jha-DA‘ Projection, Bi-location through the Plasma Ship frequencies back into Ah-MA‘-ya-san, which is the huge Hidden City, one of the huge Hidden Cities on Aurora Earth that is literally underneath the area that we are in here. Actually it's centered out in the area of Myakka Lake where Myakka River Park is, whatever they call that. That‘s right up where they had us buy the house. So, it's a huge city, Aurora Earth City. So, we are going to go back there, and it's at that place that we will meet the ShE‘-Whas. First we will meet the ShE‘-Whas because they were the ones that introduced themselves first. But we'll meet the WhaYas, Wha-YA-yas sorry, I‘m learning them too. When we meet them, they are going to take us through some kind of little identification exercise. And first of all you‘ve got your Buddhas with you because of the Techniques that you did before you came here. So when you go there, you will also receive six of... one of each, one of each of the Wha-YA-yas to go with you, one of each group, so you'll have the six Buddhas and you'll have six of the Wha-YA-yas to be with you in the Journey that we are going to go on from there. But there will also be a 7th Wha-YA-yas that will stay with you, and this one is actually given to you by your Rishi because they have direct Commission relationships with your Rishi. Everybody has a Rishi on the Density-5 level, and all of the Rishis have particular Service Commissions with one of the six groups, of the Wha-YA-yas. So there is a Home Family of Wha-YA-yas that will be introduced to you. It will be one of the six. And we will let you know the names of, the whole bunch of them. When you go into that part, they‘ll probably ask to try to feel what is the name of the one, what name of the six is this one from, the one that will stay with you and that is the 7th, and that one will Stand with you when we‘ll start to do Shield Projection in the configuration. It will Stand with you in the center. You‘ll have the six Buddhas and the other six Wha-YA-yas. It will be like 12 around you. So we‘ll each going to fly... Each of our bodies where they are here, will turn into that configuration. And then there's a couple of other things they‘re going to have us do in general that have to do with activating the Mashaya-Hana-AmorAea Temple that we were going to do anyway. But then they are going to take us, and they said we'll tell you we get there, in other words they are going to run it live and I won‘t see the wave, I'll see it unfold and I'll narrate it as we go. We are going to go into the Reservoirs, into the Orb Reservoirs that were opened last workshop in the Earth Core, and we are going to do some kind of Elemental Command Communion and work with the Ah-SA-yas Elemental Orb Force that is there. And then we are going to go visit the gushing hole in the center—not the center, but in the Gulf of Mexico. And we are going to work with them, and they are going to just lead us of how to do this, to begin trying to as they put it ‗coagulate some of the oil that is coming through there.‘ Coming up and out of there, to hopefully help to slow - but not cap, so you don't build up too much pressure and create earthquakes elsewhere, but to slow that and start stretching it out and stretching out the Planetary Axiatonal Lines which are the Magnetic Lines... And then, I do believe—I am not sure if they are going to put that in this Journey today or in some of the Techniques that will be done after when we start at 9pm tomorrow night and go through into Monday morning. There's going to be The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 35 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

another one—I've already seen what they want us to do—and I think they are going to start it tonight and probably amplify it tomorrow. I think it's right at the end of the Shadra, they are going to have us come up out of the water around where that pipe is. And it doesn't matter... they didn't have us go Google the location and all of that. We know there's a pipe gushing oil in the Gulf of Mexico, and just aim for that, so we'll get there. We'll come up around it, and come up out of the water, and we're actually going to form both CW and CCW spinning vortice around it, and try to start pulling it in, so it stops going toward shores. And what we're going to try to do is also create a protection barrier starting with Siesta Key and the GrU‘al here, trying to push it back out to sea. And what they are really going to do is try to draw as much of it back in, like into open outer water, like that, and then start to try to break it up using the Elemental Orb Force to come up and actually try to transmute some of it out of the water, and so they are going to guide us through some of that. I'm not sure how much of that we'll do tonight, but I do believe at the end of the Shadra they will come with us, and they are going to hang out with us for... till the workshop is over. The whole bunch of them, Buddhas and Wha-yas, Wha-YAyas sorry, and all those. And I do believe right at the end, when it's time to break up the Shadra, they just want us…we don't have to do it all at once because it would be like making a line from Bradenton to all the way down to Naples, but whatever…but to stand like in the water just for a minute or two. Not get wet, not go swimming, because we are not allowed to swim at night, but to standing at the water's edge with the feet, or... the waves are picking up frequency from your feet and just breathe a few Krystic breaths out to send more of the Orb Frequencies, the Orb Reservoir Frequencies out directly. And it's literally going to form an energy barrier, a current, kind of like a Standing Wave Current, that will try to move some of the currents, the ocean currents gently enough that if that slick starts moving up this way, it will actually try to push it back in the direction of where they are trying to harness it, which is closer to the source of where it is erupting from. So, that is the plan that they have in motion now, and that wasn't something that was originally planned for this workshop, but because of the emergency that is occurring there and continues to spew thousands of millions of gallons a day into the Gulf, it's horrible. So this is our first live intervention posse really, that we are doing something directly to try to effect in a positive way something like a natural disaster on the Planet. It will be the beginning of our training. When we get into tomorrow's workshop we will be doing things with learning about the mirrors and how to use them, and how to begin using them for making communication connections in the event that things get really whacky and we can't communicate with each other on 3D. So, there's a lot to learn in this workshop. This is what we're going to do so far and ... let me see. I'll give you the names of the Wha-YA-yas groups and you‘ll all have that primary one that works with your Rishi that you are being invited into, on a conscious level. Usually there's a whole series, they call them ‗tests‘ but they are more like lifetime lessons, and once you go through a certain level of them as a Conscious Being Incarnate they will then invite you. But at this point we are all being invited regardless of what status of lesson we were in, in relation to our Rishi and those kinds of things, because it is in a Evac period and we do have the 200 years so far but... You know they need to wake us up and we do need their assistance. We'll learn more about that, more about their missions and what they do, but they are one of the highest level Intervention Teams. So, one will be the Family of Wha-YA-yas that you are connected to through your Rishi. And as we go through the Live Wave Meditation with the Shadra just keep that in mind and try to remember when you come out which one. You can work with all of them but there will be one specific that you have a contract with actually, because it has a contract with The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 36 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

your Rishi Self and the Rishi is part of the Identity that you need... that you will eventually integrate all of those frequencies of your own consciousness. There's also something that they just hinted a little bit about with the Wha-YA-yas and working with the Rishi. They can actually help what's called bringing together the Four Faces of the Avatar, and in bringing together the 4, the Resolute Twin set of the Avatar, your own Avatars, it will actually bring you into full Rishi Integration Consciousness. And doing that will actually allow you to pull all of the other 20,736 Incarnates that you as a Rishi have in the space/time fields regardless of whether they are risen or fallen, you will be able to pull them up and out, when Ascension time comes. So, it's a very special level of Activation which ... it literally clears the karma of the others, and so they will be helping us work toward that. That's all they've told me on it so far. But there's a lot of things, both like in the mass drama that the Wha-YA-yas will work with us on but also personal things as well. So, let me find the names here of the other Wha-YA-yas. (use of flashlight) Trying to keep this low so as not to disturb nesting turtles, this light... So the first ones that the Mashaya-Hana actually introduced me to them in a meditation about a month and a half, maybe two months ago... I was hanging out in the Krystal River, the Krystal Wave, this Krystal Spiral Wave on the other side of the Veil on the Technique that they introduced last time, and I was just hanging there, kind of like for healing, and the Mashaya-Hana came up to me and said, 'excuse me, but there's somebody who would like to speak with you.' And I‘m like 'do I have to right now? Please, (can't) we hang here and heal?' And they said 'well it's kind of important.' 'Okay. If it's important, we'll go.' So, I went with them, here we go... we're getting police now or what? Oy. Anyway, they introduced me to them. They said—and they were these really beautiful females, most of them actually didn't have hair, but some of them did, and they were in various colors. And some of them were that very, very translucent white color, where it's like they are not quite fully solid, and they introduced themselves as the ShE‘-wha. And I just felt an immediate kinship with the ShE-wha like I've known them forever. And they told me that a couple of people - including my daughter, one of my daughters, are actually an incarnate of them. So, some people are actually incarnates right now of those groups, but they don't know or don‘t remember, have it on conscious level, and some people are just moving into being a part of those Families. That's when I met the ShE‘-wha, and they worked with me a little bit. I had them on like File-13 for a while to make sure. I checked out with every Council in the Guardian Alliance and every Council that I work with because I always put them all through that—and they expect it too, just to make sure there‘s not some weird group coming in pretending something. So, they passed all those tests. And they said, 'oh, we're all females, by the way. We all take on a female body and we will work with people in female bodies only.' It doesn't matter if you are a guy consciousness in a girl body. If your body is girl, you work with the ones that have the girl gender, right.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 37 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And same with the boys. Their male ones, they introduced... they didn't introduce them, I didn't meet any of them yet and they said—because I'm a girl, they said that the ones in male bodies that are like complements, are referred to as the HA‘-wha and they were the first two... I only thought there were two until we were coming up to this workshop where they let me know there were four others. So we had the ShE‘-whas and the HA‘-whas. And now, the ones they have recently introduced, there is other four. There's a group of females called the TA‘-whas, and their corresponding male group is called the EUR-whas, e, u, r dash, w, h, a, s. And then there's another female group called the SA‘-whas, and their complementary male group called the E‘-LA‘-whas. So, the ShE‘-whas, HA‘-whas, TA‘-whas, EUR-whas, SA‘-whas and E‘-LA‘-whas. They are the four, I mean the six groups of Wha-YA-yas that hold these Gates of Wha and all of the things we're going to learn about more tomorrow. So one of those groups will be... Now, if you are a female in this lifetime your Rishi will have a contract that's connected with you, and with one of the female groups. And it can be anyone of them, and they all do different things, and have different specializations, and they are all equal. They are all Adashi Adepts and actually are Conscious Air. They just take on those body forms for specific tasks in relation to the materialized densities. So, we've heard the names. Feel them out a little bit when we go into the Meditation, then when you reach that point where we do the Meet & Greet, where we get visuals on it, just try to feel which one—because you'll meet six first that are the ones that are just going to hang out with you, and then there will be one more that is one that is working directly with the commission. But try when we reach the six first, before the other one, the seventh one that comes and stands with you, is not... I mean like next to you. It doesn't matter what side, but not inside of you. They are not trying to get in your body or anything like that. Just try to feel out before the fact, which one of those names. If you're a guy, it's going to be one of the ones, the HA‘was or one of the other two, the EUR-whas or the E‘-LA‘-whas. And if you're in a girl body it will be either a ShE‘-wha, TA‘-wha or a SA‘-wha. So, just try to feel that before, and then one of that group will come forward. If you can't figure it out that's okay. One of the group will come forward and give you the imprint. Most people will be able to, will get the information. If for some reason, when you come out of the Shadra, that you feel a bit confused, that you're not sure, like which one am I with? There will be more Techniques to refine tomorrow, and you will know by the end. And some of them may even say, you're a direct incarnate of us. That would mean that in your last life, whatever that was, the last life closest in time to this one, going backward which means in the slower vibration than you have, that would appear as time behind you on a time-line... that means you finished the testing cycle and the lesson cycle that goes with these - and they haven't told me a lot about what they are in that life, and you would have been born as one in this life. If in this life you're just finishing the testing cycle, that would mean in your next life, or in this body if you Transfigure this body, you would be one then. So, some people are already directly considered Incarnate Members of them, and some are just being invited back into the Family so they can re-establish that Rishiac connection of themselves. So... because we have quite a bit to do, I will get going because we do have a time limit when we have to leave and... let me see... I can use a little bit of light and then I think I'm going to just lay down and let it run cause they‘ll show me it. And I don‘t know if I'll close my eyes, I just have to get... three or four points they wanted me to look at, to remember what we're gonna to do... there we go... I'm just reading here for a second...

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 38 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

At a certain point when we go in, once we get into the Bow-Ship and go to Ah-MA‘-ya-san, before... - we meet the Whas, then the first thing we're going to do is we are going to activate the Mirror Ball #2 and #4 frequency sets and Blend Fields, and the, what do they call them, the Communion Planes that go with them. So, we will be activating those. Then we will go on to a few other steps, and going into the Reservoir and then once we pick up those frequencies of assistance, we will do the trip, the intervention in the Gulf. We will start in a second... just gotta get myself lying down here for a second. [0:26:50]

Activation Alrighty. Here we go. Just breathe gently for a few moments. Try to slow our biorhythms. A few gentle Krystar Krystal breaths. Send a little spark from your AzurA on an exhale down into Earth Core and into the Orb Reservoir. And then inhale upward and back into the AzurA and ignite the Orb Stream from the Reservoir. Hold for a moment at the AzurA and then expand out a 12-point breath into your Field and feel the Orb Flow circulations turning on. (Participant) We can‘t hear... (Ash‘a) You can't hear? Okay. I have to talk louder? Is that what you're saying? I'll see if there's a volume control. I'll just try to sit up for this. Is that helping? Okay. You didn't miss too much. We didn't get anywhere. We're just... [0:28:30] ... turning on the Orb Flow circulations with the exhale down into the Earth Core Orb Reservoir, and then back up to the AzurA and hold for a moment. Then the 12-point exhale... and the Orb Flow goes out into your Field, out into your Spirit Body, out into your Light Body, out into circulation. Just breathe gently for a few moments... They are asking each one now to just breathe gently and to think of the first color that comes to mind, or if you see it. There will be a color that flashes or the name of a color that comes to mind. And it can be any variation, it doesn't have to be just one of the primary 15, but if you can see it, just hang on to the feeling of that color. If you're getting a name of a color instead of seeing it, that's fine. Hang on to the name. Now with the color that is the frequency that is opening in your mind's eye, imagine now that you're going to create a small little crystal of that color, a crystal shaped like the Krystar Vehicle. And in a moment we are going to altogether bring that little colored Krystar Vehicle Crystal down on an exhale into Earth‘s Core. And when they all go into the Earth Core Orb Reservoir, they will then shoot back up all at once, into the Plasma Ship, because the Plasma Ship, the BowShip, that we raised in the last workshop is actually hanging out underneath right now in the frequency spaces of Aurora Earth.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 39 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So, when we drop our Code Crystals—let's just call them Code Crystals, our little colored Krystars, down, into the Reservoir, and they‘ll pop back up, at that point, when it pops back up, it's going to be a call to the Bow-Ship to rise. And it's going to start to rise, but it will feel like it's from way down underneath us—some people will feel this, some people won't, but there will be like a vibration that's coming up, and it's much, much bigger than just the size of our Shadra, but our Shadra will be centered in the center of it. It is a Plasma Ship, and it will come up. It may feel a bit like, almost like the ground goes a bit soft and gelatinous underneath you for a second or two, as it's coming up, and it will come up and actually through us and hang. It will be like a big Dome over us but also under us. And that is creating a Transharmonic Space in which we can fly the Shield together into, with... a part of the Plasma Ship will actually take us back in Bi-location into Ah-MA‘-ya-san which is east from here. It's up by where that state park is, Myakka Valley State Park, and up where we have our house. So, they are going to take us in to the main access area of the Ancient Arrow Control Site that is up there, that the Ship is connected to. So, call to mind the color that came to mind, and imagine the form of it as a 3-dimensional little Krystar Vehicle and then inhale upward into your Pineal and then into the image and hold for a moment. And then on the exhale, push it all the way down, down to Earth Core, down into the Orb Reservoir. Hold at the bottom of the exhale for a moment, and then just breathe normally and easily, and then in a moment they will all trigger in like a little firework burst, they will shoot up into the Plasma Ship and call it into awakening. It's kind of like on idle, parked at the moment. Alright they are getting ready. So, in a moment, I'm going to ask you to just inhale upward into the AzurA and hold while it sparks... then I‘ll say ‗go.‘ One, two and... alright, NOW. There it goes. And right now I'm hearing the Tones where it‘s almost like one of those... I forget what it was, Close Encounters movie, where you hear... (makes sounds), the Ship is responding to the Tones. We can exhale out horizontally now, out your Rod. Take one more breath into the AzurA and hold... and again, we're going to exhale horizontally but frontwards to backwards, out your Chamber. Now, just breathe gently, and the vibration is beginning, of the Plasma Ship, which means it is beginning to start its rise. And as it does this, you may notice a sensation that your Rod—that's sticking out horizontally that would follow your arms, and your Chamber Line—that‘s sticking out front to back, they are starting to vibrate also, and in a moment they are actually going to... Both of them split, where you have a part of each one going CW and a part going CCW, where they form like a spinning set of one going front-back, one going side to side, but they each have a part of themselves that goes CW and CCW. So, it's going to form, almost like a ... what am I visualizing? Kind of like a fan blade around you, where it's activating the interior set of portions of our Merkabic Structure that we haven't even talked about yet, they said. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 40 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So, as the Plasma Ship rises, that's going to go faster and faster and faster, and you're going to feel a bit of an expansion in the size of your Krystar Vehicle around you, and it may even pop out really, really far where you can feel it go out and touch the water or even further, and just let that be. Also try to sense underneath your body, a bit of a gentle rumble that's coming out. That is the Plasma Ship rising. It's not too far from reaching up where it will crest the surface and actually come through the sand and up over us, but its bottom is thick enough where its bottom will still be deep down into the Mantle. It's at that point that you may feel a little bit of the slushing of the sand sensation underneath you, where it's just kind of like, kind of like a little bit like a waterbed effect, where you're lying on a waterbed. Okay, it's beginning to crest the sand... it is still coming... You may feel the vibration of it running through your body or your body wants to bounce with it. I am sitting here, and my legs are going crazy bang, bang, bang, bang... Okay now that seems to be easing as it's cresting and it's actually going up now and it's creating like a, not quite a spherical Dome, but more like an oval Dome, a large one, that spans all across us. Now, that we are in register with the Bow-Ship, they are going to have us do something. They are going to tell me in a second, that will allow for the shift where we can shift a portion of ourselves, so become aware of getting ready to Bilocate, do Bi-location again. If you Bi-located in the Techniques that you did before, in your last one, on the Plasma Ship in general, then you can just put some more of your consciousness in with that. If you haven't, then just create a Bi-locate Self. The easiest way is to do the Mini-me, where you imagine a little version of yourself exactly as you are, and that Self, in a minute there's going to be what they call - this is a new one too, a Snap Wave, where it's just going to be a wave where it kind of snaps and ripples really fast through, it's a Transharmonic Snap Wave, and it will actually loosen up the fields on NET Earth and in Aurora Earth that will allow for the Blend Field to start to open. It will also begin the process of the Activations that I've been going through just for like a week or two. I was starting to really notice it and didn't know what it was. But this is where it starts to loosen up also the biochemical lock of the D-2 Intra-NET. So, this is actually the beginning part of the activating of the Protection Field in the Physical Body as well, and the Mirror Ball that goes with that. That will, that's where you may start getting some of the shifting that I was telling you about, or even the sense of spinning, or whatever, where the reality pictures seems to be a lot looser than it used to be, and those kind of things.

[Audio track 5B] A‘sha

Technique part 1 So, in a moment, they are going to tell us what to do, to do that. So imagine your Mini-me and get it ready if you don't have a Bi-locate there already. Okay, they are going to... Sometimes they show it to me as opposed to tell it to me, so I have to watch and then the words come. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 41 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Holding your Mini-me in mind, or just holding our consciousness in mind, we're going to inhale into the AzurA, push forcefully upward as far as you can, just where it disappears, where the energy disappears, and they are all going to hit the top of the Bow-Ship and kind of arc together and form a big like sapphire blue gorgeous Starburst that almost looks like a Sapphire Colored Chandelier hanging down from the inside of the top of the inside of the Dome of the Bow -Ship that's over us. Just breathe naturally now... In a moment there's going to be a Transmission that the Ship itself runs. It's going to actually pull frequencies from AhMA‘-ya-san and send them up into that Chandelier-effect Crystal that we've created, and then the Crystal will shine little pulsy lights of really Pale Heliothalic Pastel little energy bursts, and they are going to come down. They are actually going to shower down on us, and on our bodies here, and just lay with your hands, with your palms up, and they will seek to go into the palms, both palms, just a little bit... you might even feel some of it. You don't have to lift your hands up. Just have them laying with the back of the hand on the sand and the palms facing up. And again, try to sense a pick up in speed of the Rod and Chambers spinning around your, sticking out from your AzurA level of your body. They are saying now, if you feel just a little, even a little bit of a tickle, that you received some of the Rainbow Light Pulses coming downward from the Blue Crystal Chandelier, then bring your hands together where your palms are together, and place them right in front of your navel area, and just feel... Try to sense that there's like a buzzing energy as the bits of the Rainbow Light in your palms start to interact with each other and make more and bounce more... almost as if there's a Rainbow Star starting to pulse in your hands. The Rainbow Star as it pulses, will get a little bit bigger. It won't get any bigger than—it doesn't have to get this big for some people either but for some it may get as big as a tennis ball, a radiating ball of Rainbow Light, but sending little pulses like a Pulsar of Little Starlight with the Sparkling Heliotalic Pastels out. Imagine you can see it glowing through your fingers, and if you look at your neighbors you can see a little bit of that light glowing in their palms. And then once you can feel it there a little bit, we're going to take that Glowing Star, and put it up over your head into your Crown Chakra, and just let it go out of your palms in your Crown Chakra, and then just inhale and pull it downward to your AzurA... and then a little bit more inhale and put it just a little further down and back into the Karanadis Seal area behind the base of the breast bone, and exhale it there. Try to feel the ripple and tremor that will go up your back. It should go up your back and down. If it doesn't, it's alright, but some people will feel it instantly. Remember, you have a little Mini-me in mind still, so you're going to put more of your consciousness into the Bi-locate state. And now, what we're going to do, is that little Rainbow Star in the Karanadis Seal, is going to send a message to the various layers of our anatomy, of our body, of our D-3 level, our Mental Body of our Etheric Body D-1 level, and also to our D-2 level, of the Physical Body, Physical-Emotional Body level, and it's going to create a separation, where the Mini-me actually becomes as large as you, and it's like right inside of you now, not just a little version of yourself in your head, but...

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 42 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Let's do one inhale and hold, up into the Mini-me image, and then exhale this down to the AzurA and push outward, and feel that other part of you, like a double you is there, not a double you, two of you that's your own self, it is just more of your own consciousness, but you're putting together a Jha-DA‘ Travel Body. And now in a moment, the Ah-MA‘-ya-san groups, which include the Ah-JhU-na‘, but also the ones that we're going to meet, the Wha-YA-yas, are going to transmit something to the Plasma Ship that will have it begin to rise with our Shadra, with the double part of ourself that we just created. So that part of our Shield, that part of our Shadra, is going to split from this one, and it's going to go up into the air, as one large disk. So, they will let me know when they transmit the Rise Tone. Okay... alright. They are getting ready to transmit. One, two and three, they transmitted the pulses. Oh, this is neat. I'm seeing way deep down in like the, we're not really in the center part. We're in like the upper center part of this Plasma Ship, because like way below us still somewhere in the Mantle and even below that, is where the perimeter of it is. So it's almost like, it reminds me of like the engine room, this big massive gorgeous Aqua and Sapphire Blue Ball, just turned on, like somebody fired up the engines or something. The Plasma Ship is going to transmit to us now certain sets of undulating Tones. You may or may not hear them. You may feel them instead, or you may start to see flickering colors on the inside of your eyelids or something like that. It depends. Everyone perceives it differently, those energies differently. It's beginning to transmit. Just breathe a little bit more slowly and deeply, when you start to, either hear some of the Tones or feel a bit of the vibration, or get any of the flickering colors. Start just to breathe a little slower and more deeply, as if you are breathing the colors or the sounds right through your whole atomic structure. Try to feel like the rippling vibration of the Tones moving through, almost like your atoms are starting to sing, like make that kind of digital music where you can start to actually hear them and feel the vibration, as if they are starting to move and separate, and dance around a bit more. You are going to let that just with some gentle breathing, with that for a moment or two... And they are observing the Shield and they will be able to see when there is sufficient molecular movement, atomic movement happening. At that point, they'll give the next pulse to the Blue Crystal at the bottom in that engine room of the Plasma Ship, and at that point, the Ship will start to lift, and it will pull our not anymore Mini-selves up, and as we come up and out of our bodies with the Ship, we'll instantly pop into Jha-DA‘ Orb, and all of our Orbs will be of different size, different colors, but we'll go directly into Orb with the assistance of the Plasma Ship. So, what we'll see is literally a glittering Shield that looks like it's made of many multi-colored, pastel colored diamond type shiny bits, that extends way out beyond us. And we will each be our Living Orb of various undulating Colors, that is sitting on this massive Shield. When we make this shift, in a minute, when it starts to rise, we will then try to put as much of our conscious awareness here, into our Orb Body, before they send the Ship on fly to go back to Ah-MA‘-ya-san. So they're saying we're just about at critical molecular speed. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 43 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Okay, they sent the last pulse for lift and the Plasma Ship is lifting now. So inhale, feel the body lifting out, the other body lifting out... and exhale up a little bit with the Shield, and feel that body that you're lifting... it goes booomph, right into Orb, and it's still just hanging maybe two feet above us now. It's not up in the sky or anything yet. It's still in the Plasma Ship like we are. Try to sense yourself as your Orb Self, as your Jha-DA‘ Self, there, in your position in the Shield. Try to sense the people around you too. Try to sense the whole Shield and all of the Jha-DA‘ bodies that are sitting on it. Consciously inhale into your AzurA, and push out your Pineal actually, and push your consciousness, more of it, into the Jha-DA‘ Body Orb. Try to get to a point where you can actually feel your eyes in there, as if your Orb now has eyes inside of it that can turn around in any direction and look out. So imagine now that you can see your eyes awake inside and open inside of your Jha-DA‘ Orb. Just breathe gently, and try to see out of the eyes of your Jha-DA‘ Orb, which are your eyes in the Jha-DA‘ state frequencies. It's alright if you can't. Just try to sense it. They are now going to raise the Ship a bit more, and we're going to assist with simple inhale and exhale upward and push all at the same time and just lift. It will take about three of those breaths, and we will get it to where the entire Ship rises. Actually, the rest of it comes up through us. We may feel the Blue Crystal in the bottom pushing up through the center of the Shield here. It's starting to come... Inhale once and hold... try to feel the vibration coming up in the Shield and the Ship and... push the Ship and the Shadra Shield up. Hold at the bottom of the exhale for a moment. Then inhale again... hold... and exhale and push up on the Shield and Ship. One more time. Inhale... and exhale and push up on the Ship and Shield. Breathe gently, and in this body, in your body here that is still awake, try to feel the bottom part of the Ship which is like a dome shaped, plasma dome shaped thing. It's actually coming up and moving past us now. So, our Shadra Shield and our Jha-DA‘Orb Selves are now in the Plasma Ship that is just moving up, up and is going up and... wo! It just jumped! It just went really fast way up in the air toward like, it's like the size of when you look up and you see a Star. Okay. Now it's way up over our heads right now, and they would like each of us to keep an alive wake connection, a waking connection to our Jha-DA‘ Self as best as we can, so they are saying we're are going to send a cord from our Pineal and our Third Eye so we can keep our Chakra 6 open here and there. We're going to inhale and send a cord up. Inhale... hold... and from the Pineal we are going to send it actually right up the 7th Chakra and it will turn on the 6th Chakra Third Eye, all the way up, a cord all the way up to the Ship that looks like a tiny star point. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 44 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Now we can just breathe gently for a moment, and in a moment it is just going to be like a hyper-jump, where the BowShip with our Shadra Shield is going to pop back into Ah-MA‘-ya-san. They will let us know when that occurs. It did. There we go. It jumped on its own. Okay. Now, in a moment, it's going through, actually a Veil barrier, and going into the Krystal Spiral Stream. It's almost like it's going to a car wash. It's funny, seeing the visual on it. And now it will come out into the other side into Ah-MA‘-ya-san on Aurora Earth, and it's pulling into the large... it's just that large White Greeting Room that they have. I think of it almost as like an airport. I don't know what it is for sure. But it's at a Temple. That is where the Ship with our Bi-locate is now. In a moment, it's almost like it has to cool off or slow down to become more solid there. Okay? It's doing that, and when it hits a certain point of solidification, our Jha-DA‘ Selves will actually turn back into bodies just like us, but over there. So, we'll have our Bi-locate bodies back, where they'll just pop in and out of Orb State, and back into actual Physical Form. It's going to happen in a minute. It hasn't happened yet. It's funny, it‘s like changing colors and getting more dense. They are letting me see the visual. When it reaches that densification point, and we pop back into just our Physical Bodies over there, at that point we will have available to us the visuals that are occurring, that our Bi-locate body is seeing. Not everybody gets visuals right away and that's okay, and that's why they will lead us through describing what we are seeing. Okay, they are just about to go, now. There it is, becoming solid. Okay, right there, they just snapped and everybody is like lying there. It's funny, because some people are like rubbing their eyes. It's really funny. Not here, but I can see the Shield over there, and it's like almost as if maybe they went to sleep really quick when it went through the Veil. They're just waking back up. Okay. Interestingly, they are being spoken to already by somebody that you can't see yet, but is coming in, into this area. The Shield is parked now and the Ship actually went completely translucent so you can't see the Ship anymore, so now you just see our Shield with us lying in Shadra, just like this, but in the middle of this huge White Space with the big White Arches that lead to Tunnels and different Passageways. Somebody is speaking. I think actually the place is speaking, because the Crystal that it's made off is alive and conscious. And it's telepathing to us there, and it's telling that part of ourselves that it's okay, you can get up and stretch, but while we're supposed to stay down here. Our Selves are getting up and standing at this point over there. This is where we're going to get ready to meet the Wha-YA-yas groups. So, imagine yourself there, try to link with yourself there, is what is actually occurring... link with yourself there, and feel yourself standing in the same position in Shield, but you're standing now, and try to sense the presence of the, still in Orb form, of your six Buddhas of your Team around you, just hanging around you. It doesn't matter if they are above your head or around your shoulders, wherever you feel them the most comfortable. Just sense them there and they are there with you. I can see that in one of the Tunnels there is a group of people. I think the first one is actually an Ah-JhU-na‘ again, just like when we went in the last time, in the last workshop. The Ah-JhU-na‘ will bring in the Wha-YA-yas to meet us. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 45 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Oh neat. Okay. I'm narrating this as I go. They are just showing me stuff as I go. Oh neat. I wasn't expecting that. So, I will let you know what it is I reacted to. Sorry about that but sometimes that can happen. We have two Ah-JhU-na‘ in—there's this one Archway that I am seeing over, it‘s like to the left... no, to the right of where I am in the Shield. They are chattering, actually using... they are using external language, but it's not... it sounds more like Tones or singing actually, but it's actually the language they are using. They are just communicating with this group.

[Audio track 5C] A‘sha

Technique part 2 – Meeting the Whas There's a group of six, one representative of each of the Wha-YA-yas groups. The rest of them are there. Their collectives are there, but the Ah-JhU-na‘ are first going to bring in the six representatives, just to introduce the groups, and they are going to make this easy, that they decided that they would just take on Translucent Light Being form, so it completely transcends gender or racial affiliation... not gender, but racial affiliations. They will have their gender affiliation, but they are actually presenting as... None of them, the boys or the girls, have no hair. They are choosing to present themselves with no hair. There's something about the girls. It's a feel, to tell the difference between the males and the females. Interesting. And I'm just seeing this. They are just showing this to me so I am letting you know what I see. Okay, they are going to color code robes. They are just going to put themselves in certain color robes so we know which group is represented because they look so much the same. They are both very much like the Ah-JhU-na‘ like to present. In fact, that's really what they are doing. They are taking on the image that the Ah-JhU-na‘ like to use, which is the completely androgenous Light Being that is almost like whitish translucent skin that can change any color and any hue, depending on what it feels and those kind of things. They are taking on that gender. They are also taking on more human looking faces, because they like to create as close a vibrational rapport with whoever it is they are communicating with and working with. That just makes communication simpler and easier. Alright, the Ah-JhU-na‘ is bringing out the first one to meet the Shield. Oh boy. They are coming in here too. Alright, they are going to come in... where? Center Shield. Okay. They said the first six, when they bring them out in the Bi-location station there, on the Shield there, they'll actually be kind of like in front of the Shield from where I am sitting, so that would be kind of like to the east of where we are. So, that's where they would be coming in a Doorway, over there. But they are going to really quickly pop up in the center of the Shield, which is here, where I am transmitting from. So, they'll enter the Doorway that's literally... there's an Archway that's going to open outside of the Shadra here, that's over a bit east of me, which means toward the parking lot area, and those buildings, as opposed to toward the ocean or anything. So, there is a Doorway that's going to open there. You may see a little flash or like a movement of something moving, and then it will pop up right over here. They are going to go one by one, and they are going to let us see the colors of the robes, and the first ones are the ones that identified themselves before, and they are the ShE’-whas. They are females and they are showing kind of like a pastel pink robe. And they are just keeping it simple with that. Okay. There goes one. That was fast. It's almost like a little flash that you see it but you don't see it, kind of thing. It was in there, over at the Doorway, and bang, it was right here and it is here. I don't know if you are going to see it or feel the The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 46 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

being, but I feel it standing here. It's over to my left, it‘s standing right in that area. Okay, well it was standing. Now it just levitated upward and it's sitting cross-legged like a Buddha and just hanging up in that position up over my, not over my head but to my left a bit. So that is a representative of the ShE‘-wha. The next will be the HA’-wha, which are the male versions, that are the... they work directly with the ShE‘-wha. Okay... neat. That was fast again, okay. They seem to be coming directly into this spot, going up and then shifting where they want to be, hanging over the center of the circle, cause this one did it too. This one looks very similar. It's funny but the facial features look a bit different, and this one does actually look more like a male than the other one, but they still could go... you could look at them and dress them up differently and they could go either way. But, this one is wearing a pale green robe, like a pale light, very light emerald green. A cross between an emerald green and like that apple green. But not as strong as the apple green. That one just did the same thing and went up, sitting like the Buddhas do. Okay. The next one is another female representative, and this is of the TA’-wha. Waiting for her to come in. Oh... this one decided to have hair. Cool. Okay. They didn't tell me that any of them are going to decide to have hair. This one has a really neat bit of hair. The hair appears to be very, very white gossamer hair. And it's in a very strange configuration. Her whole head is bald too, just like the others, except this braid, kind of like in some of the oriental, the old ancient oriental styles, but it's this long braid of like thin long braid of white hair, not a real thick one but a thin one, and it symbolizes something. I don't know what. But I think that has a connection to some of the oriental cultures, or at least some of the meanings of the oriental cultures have drawn and used that braid to represent. So, the TA‘-whas have this little braid hanging down. What color are the robes? Let me see. They are very pretty pale, pale yellow. A little bit... not quite as white looking as the yellow scarf I was wearing earlier. It's here some place. You might have seen me in. That was neat. That one just came in here and then zipped up over to my right. The other ones are coming up and going over to my left. The correspondence of the TA‘-whas is the EUR-wha's, and it‘s e, u,r dash w, h, a, and they are males. They will be in, in a minute. I will let you know when I see them. Okay. Yep, Doorway's open, zoom... up... okay. Wow... can you slow that down? I didn't even get to see the robe. That was so fast. That one went choom choom, bong. That went up to the right too, alright. ‗Yes, I would like you...‘ It said, ‗would you like me to come back down so you can see the robe?‘ I said ‗yes, please.‘ It's hard to see up from here to what I‘m looking at, for whatever reason. Okay, he's going to slow that part of the motion down and come back and stand. They seem to come in here and ____ to the direction over to my left. Okay. Thank you. (Laughing) Okay.You decided on hair too. For some reason, these two guys like the hair, the guys and girls like the hair. This one has a little bit of hair too. It still has the very, very translucent like powder white skin that can turn any color depending on emotion. And it's got this little mohawk of hair, and it's very pretty red, like carrot top red hair running just right down the middle of its head. I had no idea they were going to do the hair thing. It's funny. The ShE‘-Whas and the HA‘-whas were bald. Alright, let me see your robe. Let me see, focus, where are you. That's interesting. It's almost two tone. It's got the top half of it is kind of more of a purply indigo color, and the bottom of it is more of an indigo, indigo blue color. There seems to be a pattern on the bottom part of it, like the skirt part of the robes. This one also has sandals... on six toed feet. Yes, good. Okay. I'm glad we tape these, because I would never be able to remember all of this once it's gone. Alright, that one is over to my right now. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 47 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

The next one will be a female, and this will be representative of the SA’-whas. Oh wow, she's huge, I mean tall, really, really tall, compared to the other ones. Okay. She's going choom choom, swooped in and standing there. Wow, I mean the others, they do try to take on a form that will be comparable to our sizes, so it's easier to interface with us and interact with us, but this one must be ... 6‘11 1/2‖ tall. Okay. The others are kind of like, some of them are maybe 5'7" to maybe 6', that kind of stuff. Nobody has been doing the 12‘ thing. They could but they don't, cause they are trying to keep proportionate to us. And this one has a whole head of hair. In fact, it has a whole head of long white hair, wavy long white hair, that goes down to about the hip bones, actually. Neat. Trying to see the robe color. Interesting. It's a robe that reminds me more of a dress than a robe, actually, cause it has a skirt like dancers use that goes all the way down to the ankles, and if you pick it up you can make a big fan with the skirt and stuff. She just did a pirouette with the fan skirt thing. And it's interesting. Alright, she just said the color of a sunset. It's kind of like, it's not red and it's not orange. It's like a peachy pinky sunset color. It's a big stronger color than the other colors we're seeing. She's gone off and up and one more is coming in. This would be a male, a male representative, and it will be an E’-LA’-wha. He said don't try to measure me. I'm 7'2". So, these two are a little bit bigger in height for some reason than the others. I tried to size them up because I can feel the fields standing there. 7'2‖, OK. I‘ll never remember how tall these peoples are, I‘ll have to make a list. Let's see. Does he have hair? This male one has hair too, and it's jet black and very straight, but only down to about the shoulders, and it is very reminiscent—it's almost like that blue black hair that you might see on Native American people or also oriental people. It's that kind of color and just down to the shoulders. It's very straight and shiny, and kind of... it's shorter, it goes to the shoulder in the front but kind of scoops down and curves down a bit, so it's a bit longer in the back. It's that shape. Oh... okay... this one is not wearing a robe either. He's wearing kind of a little skirt that is reminiscent of the Roman type period, but it's not affiliated with Rome at all, but it's more of a skirt. He said you can think of it as a kilt. Okay. There's a lot of cultures that still wear kilts, and things as tribal symbols, they are part of their heritage and their culture. This one isn't plaid like kilts are. It's interesting. It's kind of like striped in various... I‘m seeing them in blue, purple, white and gold, kind of not straight stripes, running diagonal, but they kind of curve around it. Interesting. And it has a gold-y colored waistband. And then there's something else he's got on. I'm trying to see if it's a shirt. It is only covering part it, you can see the midriff. That's kind of funny, because I've seen shirts like that on girls but never on boys before. It's kind of like the mid-riff shirts, but then they have the long ____ sleeves. It looks like a gauze type white shirt that a girl would wear, with the long fancy sleeves and the pretty cuffs at the bottom, but then it only comes down to where, like the breastbone, where it shows the navel, so this is the uniform they are choosing to represent themselves in. Why, I'm not sure.

[Audio track 5D] A‘sha

Technique part 3 So, that's the six of them, introducing. I'm not even going to try as I narrate this, because I have to really look to see them, and because we need to get through the rest of it. When we do the meetings and stuff, I'm just going to use the names, so I'm not going to say, oh remember they were wearing this and that kind of stuff. We'll eventually make a chart, just like we did for the Buddhas.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 48 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So we‘ve got the representatives there. Now, try to bring our attention to ourselves, that are standing in our positions in the Shield there, in Ah-MA‘-ya-san. Try to feel yourself standing there. They are going to come in as a group of six Light Balls, one of each of them, and I imagine the colors of the Light Balls will correspond with the robes. I'm not sure what they are going to do with the kilt honestly. It's striped... it's got lots of colors, so maybe they'll have a striped orb that will represent the E‘-LA‘-wha. Remember, you will get one of each to come with you, as part of the Team for this work tonight, and they will work with you on other things, but there will be one of the same gender as your body that will stay with you as the one that is connected directly with your Rishi. So, they are coming in. Oh, this is neat, it's like a little Orb fest coming through the Arched Doorways, and they're coming in now, and they are kind of circling over the top of the Shield there, and here. Okay, they are doing it here too. Cool. Again, they are coming in about the size of tennis balls, actually. They are in the colors of the robes. You can see eyes in them. Oh, this is neat. There we go with the eyes again, the eyes and Orbs. I can‘t wait until people start getting pictures of the eyes and the Orbs. They‘re coming down now, and each person will get a set of six of them first. So try to feel them, because they are actually coming there and they are Bi-locating here, so they actually are going to come down and kind of like hang out over like in a circle over your body while you're here too. Try to sense them, and feel the colors, and know that there will be one of these that you will get another one of that is the one that will stay by you, kind of like as your Friend, Mentor, Advisor, your Wha, that will correspond to the Rishi contract that you have with the Wha-YA-yas. Try to sense which one it is before it comes in. Try to remember, just by remembering, you can remember the names. Is it a ShE‘-wha with the pink robe? Is it the HA‘wha with the light green robe? Is it the TA‘-wha with the... what did they have... the yellow robes? Is it the EUR-wha with the... what did they have... I can't remember... were they green? Don't worry about the colors. I will have to go through these and make a list - where we do more of these type of Techniques. Anyway, we'll just do them by name. Is it a ShE‘-wha, which is female? Is it a HA‘-wha, which is male. Is it a TA‘-wha, which is female? Is it an EUR-wha which is male? Or is it a SA‘-wha which is female? Or is it an E‘-LA‘-wha, which is male? And again, if you are male, you will get one of the male ones that will be where your Rishi contract lies. And if you're female, you will get a female one that is where your Rishi contract lies. So, if you can sense them, which one it is, that's good, because you actually have the coding of this group in your body in this lifetime. It will be a dormant code that would only come into activation under certain periods. It would actually only come into activation once the certain sets of lessons in many lifetimes were learned, and then it would come into activation to take you the rest of the way, with Ascension, but because we're all on the fast track here, because of the Load-Out and all of that, it will activate in your body, with your renewed connection with your Wha Family. So, it is Family. It's not just Helpers. These are direct Family Lines that you are connected with. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 49 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Okay, now there's another Collective of them, one for each person that is collecting in the Shield, in the Bi-locate Shield. It‘s collecting up above the group and there's corresponding action taking place here. They're actually going up above the ones, the six that first came in, to identify. Those six are going to leave. They are actually like the first six that came in to show as representatives of the group. They are kind of like, I don't know, Advisor levels to the other ones, and they don't come in directly, but you can interact with those sometimes, but they are going into Orb right now I‘m watching and a whole bunch of the Whas are coming in, in Orb up above us as well. And now the one that will be the 7th one, that will Stand with you in Shield, will come down and it's going to come down on your right side and it will come down and kind of like hang out by your right elbow area, or your right hand area. It won‘t be on your hand, it just will be hanging by you on this body as well. Okay... and now that we have met our Whas—and we're going to have other Techniques that we‘ll be able to use when we start communicating directly with them and actually some of the Mirror Techniques will be about meeting them in the mirror. That‘s going to be a first level of interesting Blend Field Journey. Now... they are getting ready, because they would like to take us through the rest of the activations. This is where we're going into the Planetary Missions that we have to do here. The group of six of the Whas that are just going to hang out and help with this particular Mission. They'll also help with other things, but they are not going to stay with you all the time, where they‘re kind of like angel-on-your-shoulder kind of thing. You have to call, like you do with the Buddhas. So, they are taking configurations around you, around each one of us. It's almost as if space just expanded between each one of us, and the Shield got huge over there, where you have, now, 12 Orbs around you, each one of us... we're standing up in that Shield over there and we have 12 Orbs around each one of us. And then there is the one Wha that will stand right next to us in full form, not in Orb form yet. Try to sense the feeling of their Bi-locate configuration, where you literally have a circle of 12 Orbs kind of hanging over your body right now, centered over your body, and there is one kind of floating in the air above you. If you were standing up it would be standing next to you. That one is still in its body form, as opposed to Orb form. In a moment, they are going to have us go back into Shield, and into Orb form, and we're going to fly the Shield with the Bow-Ship and we're first going to ... alright, they are going to do something. They are going to show me as we travel. What it will do first, as we move the Shield and the Bow-Ship, it will first activate the # 2 and #4 Mirror Ball Fields in the Planetary Grids and our own personal grids, and that will pop into activation the 3rd Level of the Monadic Temples, the Mashaya-Hana AmorAea Temple, and when that part occurs, you may feel a big pop and ripple, because that temple will grow here... it will just like pop and then we have the big Amorea, Mashaya-Hana AmorAea Temple, literally right here, and that will be permanent, and it will reach its snap speed - which I‘ll have to go back and look at it. I think it's 7 something, 7 with three numbers after it. It's very fast. So, they're showing me that is the next stage. And from there, we will be going to the Orb Reservoirs. We'll be flying the Shield to the Orb Reservoirs. So, we're still all standing there with our friends, our Wha next to us, and with our Buddhas and the other Whas in Orb around us over there. And now in our selves over there, we are all going to pull back down into Orb form, including the one standing next to us and ourselves, so we're going back into Orb form in our Shield. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 50 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And now our whole Shadra Shield over there looks like... on this one, where there's, every person has a spot in the Shield, where there's a body here, over there, you actually have a set of 12 Orbs with two in the middle, one being You and one being your Wha, and the others being six Buddhas and six visiting Wha. Alright. So, it looks like this beautiful Crystal Shield with many glowing Orbs with eyes in them. Alright. Now, they are going to... they are transmitting again... the Ah-JhU-na‘ are actually transmitting, so they are going to pop the Ship up again, and the Ship is actually going to come up over there first, where that part of our Shield goes into the Bow-Ship. Alright, they just did that. And in a second, they said it's just going to be a really quick flash, and they are going to ask us to inhale and help it draw it faster, and it‘s literally going to pull up and again pull up from underground, and come up through us again, and then go right up into the air. So, they are going to ask us... one, two and three and inhale and hold... alright... and we're going to pop up through the ground with the exhale... push the breath down, which will send the Ship up... okay... exhale... there we go. Okay. And now, they want us to remember that we have eyes, when we are in Jha-DA‘ Orb state, and try to keep our connection, keep our cord in connection, and hopefully our vision turned on with the portions of ourselves that are in the Ship again and in Jha-DA‘ Orb state, and we're now going to... The Ship is actually going to dive... oh cool. It's going to... it's actually... I can hear it. It's actually picking up, like momentum, as if it is revving or something. It is like a vibration. It's picking up and getting faster. It's actually going to make a leap forward, way up high, but way over where we are. It's going to leap outward toward the ocean, and then come in on a dive, and actually go down at an angle, angle right into the water, and it's going to literally create whatever angle it's going to use. It's going to angle right into somewhere that's near where the oil is spouting out from the hole. And they are going to go.... alright... they are asking us to inhale and hold... and on the exhale, push forward and then real fast push forward way way from where we are and dive down, and exhale... And it‘s going down... they said within about 10 miles of where the oil is erupting. And they are going to go down and they're doing a hyperdimensional thing where they are literally going through the Earth's Crust and down into Earth Core, and into the Ah-SA-yas Orb Reservoir. So, the next place, when we open Shield, we'll find ourselves in the Orb Reservoir, in Ship, and the Ship will go translucent where you can see through it, but it's still like a protective bubble around us, so we're not like floating away amongst the Orbs. And it's kind of wet down there. I can already feel it, it's almost like jelly Orbs, they feel kind of wet, cause of the Ah-SA-yas Orbs. Okay... they're asking us to inhale... and hold... Exhale, and at that exhale they just entered the Orb Reservoir and popped the Ship open. So here we are again standing, where we have our little Orbs around us, we're standing in the middle, and we have our Whas standing with us, in body form, open again there. Over here, we're going to be doing something, they are going to show me in a minute. Something that needs to be done. Okay... they're asking us over there, in that part of our bodies, to in our mind's eye there, remember the color and the little Krystar Crystal that we made in our mind... they are asking us to make one in our mind in that body, in our Bi-locate The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 51 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Body, and then we're going to inhale here and exhale, and send it down into, out of the Ship, and into the Orb Reservoir in our bodies over there. So, inhale... and exhale... down... Oh neat! That kind of set up this neat communication where it's all like digital, where the Orbs in the Reservoir are all talking around the Ship, and the Ship is kind of like this translucent bubble that we're hanging in, like oval bubble that our Shield is hanging in, we're standing in the middle, our spots in our Shield, and the Orb Reservoir is talking to the Ship and to us there, now. Okay... They are going to get us a special current that we can run for certain purposes, and from this point on, when this Gift is given, the people who have done this exercise with us tonight will actually be able to run this current for massive grid work and intervention in the name of the Kryst for other times. So, it's actually a Commission that you get, that once it‘s turned on, you become ... a what? They just said a ‗Grid-Wha.‘ But they were joking (laughing). They'll tell us more about what that classification is, but it's a special-ops category of grid worker. It's like a Direct Elemental Command with the Ah-SA-yas Orbs in the Reservoir, where if you ask them to come they will come, for purposes of both healing, but more so for large group work, and like large Planetary work that effects masses. They will always help with the personal stuff, but this particular Commission allows for, I guess, probably a particular quantum of Orb Beings, Elemental Beings, to be able to move with you and through you... for large things. We will be able to eventually do interventions when there's earthquakes and those kinds of things, and actually open Doorways, and when there's a lot of people who will go out dying en masse or something. We can help them get their spirits out and get them where they belong and those kinds of things. They'll teach us more about that tomorrow. What we're going to do with this ability, now... we sent down our little Crystal, and we're getting the chatter happening with the, Orbs chatter, the Elemental Orbs ___ chattering with us, and the next thing that is going to occur and they said you should be able to feel this in your body too. And of course, as usual, if you don't want to receive an Activation, you always just say no, and it won't go to you. You can say I‘ll wait till later, I'll think about it, and it will hold in your field, and you can breathe it in later if you want to. So, as usual, it is never an obligation to receive any of the frequencies that are of this, part of our technologies. So... there's going to be a flow given...oh neat... Okay... I'm watching this ... millions of Orbs all around this translucent Ship that we're standing inside of, and we're all starting to just go less solid and turn more into Light, and flash and pulse, and they're going to do like a blast of frequency, to us, into... where? Karanadis Seal, which is that thing behind the base of the breastbone. Behind the base of the breastbone. The Karanadis Seal. They would like us, and they‘re having us in both bodies... they would like us to inhale and hold, if we want to receive this Transmission from the Elemental Orb Field. When we exhale, they will send a Transmission, and you should feel almost like a pop and then a flood of warm, cuddly feeling running all through your body from the Karanadis Seal ... and exhale... and that's like (makes sounds), and it comes from our Bi-locate into our body. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 52 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Try to feel the warm Orb Flow. It will be a current that simply stays on. It won't be too much in your body, but the more you actually give out, like transmit out of yourself, out to your hands, your Chakras, etc., the more it will draw in. So, it will always hold an even quantum in your body. It will also help, you can also ask it, when it's not, when it‘s not, when you're not engaging it for busy work on larger levels, to assist in your personal healing and for Physical Body, Mental Body, Emotional Body, all things with personal as well. So, you have this amplified Orb Flow access now, and once it's done, that is permanent. That can't be shut down. So, it's just a much larger Activation than the one we've done before, when we just got to use and interact with these energies. So, now that we have this Flow, they are going to have us fly the Shield... we're going to go back into our Orb State in our Bi-locate bodies, and back into the Ship... Okay, we're back in our Orbs with eyes. Oh neat... okay... Now... it's actually the Ah-JhU-na‘ that are remote driving the Ship from back in the big White Room at Ah-MA‘-ya-san. Alright...

[Audio track 5E] A‘sha

Gulf of Mexico oil spill – Well Site work It's going to come back up out of the Earth Core Reservoir, and shoot back up and up through the Crust, up through the ocean, and angle up, where it comes up directly in the sky, way over the top of... right over where this oil is spewing from in the Gulf of Mexico. So, it's kind of right over where the pipe is, where the main break is. Okay... let's inhale, and when we exhale, it will actually go real fast all in one motion. Now try to image that you can see from the eyes of your Orb Self, that are now in that Ship hanging over this spewing mess that's way down on the ocean floor in that particular area of the Gulf. Oh cool... what we're going to do is inhale, and when we exhale, we're actually going to spread into... like take our consciousness altogether, and we still have our own Orb integrity, but we're going to multiply... this is where the extra Orb Current that we were just given the ability to run comes in, and we're going to make billions and billions and billions, a circle of billions and billions and billions of little glowing Orbs in the sky, right up above it, and we're going to start to spin half of them CW and half CCW, and we're going to make a big Vortex. It's going to start to call in and try to draw back some of the energy that's spreading outward of the... not energy, but oil... that's spreading outward. And then after we do that, where you get that vortex set, and it will stay, and we will come back, but the Orb Flow from the Reservoir will actually stay there and keep that Vortex circulating, to try drawing the stuff back, so it's not pushing toward the shores as fast, so it doesn't start contaminating even more than what's it's contaminating. Okay... So, alright, let's inhale, and on the exhale, it's going to go pop, and all the Orbs are going to go all over the place in a circle above the mess... The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 53 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And exhale... try to imagine it and feel it. There's like this eeuuwy... this is running over my body over here, oooh... and we're going super, super, super fast, where we're almost going to become invisible we're moving so fast. Right now, we're actually spinning around with them. Our Shield is spinning at the speed that the Orb Flows are going CW and CCW, right over this thing, way up in the sky. And it's creating literally an Air Vortex that's going down into and it's meant to affect the water, starting with the surface, and moving downward, and starting to make a spin current. I think it's on the Etheric level and the D-3 Atmic level, is what I think it is, but I wouldn't be surprised if at some point something like that starts actually materializing on the D-2 level, but it's meant to create the fields that will help to pull that oil back toward where it's spewing from. And there's one more thing they are going to ask us to do in this particular Shadra, and that is, now that we've got that Vortex set, we're going to... and it's kind of like, there‘s building spin, we're going to do a Coagulation Field, is what they are calling it, where we're going to pull ourselves out of the spinning Orb thing, they are going to actually lift our Shield up above where the spinning Elemental Orb Vortex is now. On the inhale we'll hold... and on the exhale we'll push our Shield over there up, out of the Orb Flow, Orb Flow keeps going, and now we're going to actually... the Ship is going to fold up. Gosh, this looks like origami. It‘s going to go... (makes sound), it inhales it on itself, where we're all kind of pull in to one little speck of energy. So, we're going... they're showing me what it is going to do, and we will do it with the breath again, the movement... so inhale, and fold in. And on the exhale, we're going to put that little speck of energy way down from the sky and right down through the plume and right down through the pipe, and right down into that oil bed that's spewing. Exhale. Once we're down there, we're going to inhale quickly... one more exhale out horizontally, and pop back out... and again, as we expand the Ship and the Shield back out, we leave this, right in the oil bed that is spewing right by where the pipe is... we‘re actually, the Orb Flow is going to come with us. Another set of Elemental Orb Flow is going to come with us, and start creating... it almost looks like a soup, like an orb soup, where there being less made of white and more like a little bit heavier gelatinous substance, so they are actually trying to coagulate it, to kind of, like make a clump that will start to slow the spew, but they're also stretching out along Magnetic Lines and Axiatonal Lines that happen to run through there, and other grid lines too, where they are trying to stretch out the pressure, so they will take it from there. But it will start to, hopefully, slow the flow a bit, and also stretch out the pressure, where it doesn't trigger other quaking in things that are connected to it and that kind of thing. Okay... well... I‘m asking them, are we done? Did we finish yet? Almost... Okay. Alright. They are saying, alright, bring it on home. Okay, how do we do that? Inhale and fold the Ship and Shield up again like origami, into its center. On the exhale, push it upward and out back up into the sky, over where the oil is spewing. Inhale again and hold... On the exhale, it's going to hyperspace it right over where it's sitting above us again. Try to sense it. It's way up high, but it's hanging right over us again, and it expanded itself back outwards in Ship form, and the Shield is matching us in Shield form again, except we are still in Orb state, our Jha-DA‘ state. And now they are going to land the Ship and bring the Ship back down into Ah-MA‘-ya-san, and as it comes down, the Shield is going to land here and stay here with us, and that portion of our consciousness that's in Jha-DA‘ will come back with us into our bodies. When it does this, it will also bring the Activations of the #2 and #4 Mirror Ball levels directly into our Physical Bodies and begin the processes involved with those Activations as well. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 54 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So, let's inhale upward... and hold... and on the exhale, we're going to help bring the Ship down, and the Ship is going to keep going, and the Shield is going to stop here, and we're going to pop back into our bodies... and exhale. Sense your Orb Self popping back in and you‘ve got all of your consciousness back. But also sense something that right now will be hanging out in the Mentor space over your right shoulder area, but you may find it walking around you, walking behind you, standing in front of you, talking to you, until we are taught the first level of using mirrors to talk with them Techniques. And eventually you will be able to actually... eventually see them with your physical eyes in the mirror, alright. So, they're actually with you in your field, and just as you can see your face in the mirror, there's a certain level of Activation and certain Techniques, but we have to first code the mirrors and make them safe. Tonight when we go back we can start a little gentle mirror plane, by, you can take both palms and put them on the mirror, like in your bathroom or whatever, and the Beloveds will help us. They will secure the sites enough so nothing else can mess with it. There's a bit more advanced techniques before you really start playing with mirror games. But, you just take both palms, put it on the mirror, inhale, and do six exhale breaths, and that set of currents, those amplified... let's just call them Wha Currents for now, that are the amplified quantum of the Reservoir Currents from the Orb Reservoir, blow them right into the mirror. And imagine they go right into the surface of the glass, but there's like this place between, where the front of the glass is, and that back that you don't see is, and it actually creates this film, this amazing kind of thin gel film, of Orb, Elemental Orb energy, and this will bring in... They'll actually show us tomorrow, as once we have that Orb film there, we will be able to stick onto the other side of it, the frequencies from Aurora Earth, to create a Veil—just like the one we've done in the exercise where we walk through the Veil that we project in front of us, and we will be able to create the Veil in the Mirror, and that's one of the Techniques that they‘ll show us tomorrow night. So, we're back home, and the Gulf of Mexico thanks you, I'm sure, and the Beloveds thank you and the Earth does thank us for all of the help that we have always tried to give with our love and our prayers and our meditations. For those who want to—and not everybody has to... if you're cold and stuff and don't feel like it, you don't have to do it, but if anybody wants to really briefly, because I don't know how late it is, but... we're just about five minutes beyond permit time... so this is not time to slush and commune with the ocean. You have all day to do that tomorrow if you want to. We should be off the beach in 10 minutes, but even if just a couple of people go down and stick your toe-sies in the water and just exhale. Breathe in, exhale, just three times. And just send some more of that awesome, let‘s call it Wha Current, down. And thank you guys, and we'll see you back at the buses, and tomorrow we will see you at 9pm, because we are going to be working all day on the program.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 55 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

I hope you've enjoyed this, and I'm so glad you've been here with us. Thank you very, very much! You might want to try Orb pictures. I don't know if they're out now. They were out before. Thank you so much. That was awesome.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 56 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Monday morning Lecture 1 [Audio track 6] A‘sha Good morning (clapping). Thank you for still being here. And thank you for your patience. This happened last workshop too. We had a breakfast workshop the last time. And at least that time I had a clue of what some of it was about because they gave us a little head start. This one was completely on security clearance. Part of the reason some of this material can‘t even be given until the shield is assembled, when all of you come and we are all on shield together, it is because each of you bring a unique set of codes and frequencies that actually allows for the data stream to fill out large enough to bring in some of the transmissions from very high levels. And this one, this one takes the cake so far, as far as high levels. These are levels that I didn‘t even know existed that we‘re going to get a crash course in the ―Wha‘s‖ and what they are and why they‘re important. Basically, before we leave this morning we will run through a several-part technique which you will also have, thanks to A‘san typesetting it a mile a minute, as fast as he could in a chart pack. You will have a 21-page chart pack as long as Kinkos doesn‘t fail us. It‘s out there now (clapping). And the most important thing in that chart pack will be the several part technique that you can use at home, but we will also run here as 3 major activation sets that are going to come through, that have to do with the 3 expedited events that were supposed to take place between now and FOL‘11, January of 2011. There‘s certain things that have occurred in the grids that require this expedition of frequencies in order to continue holding the host. It also, it‘s almost as if, they‘ve said this to me, that the activations that are coming in now, depending on what the other set does, the fall side does, will either make us or break us as far as the Kryst Mission goes. If it makes it, it will give a huge frequency advancement for moving through the end 2012 period and on further with the host. But if something goes wrong in the grids because of what the FA side is doing it will go bad very quickly. And what they will do in that case is they‘re going to teach us the beginnings now of what they were going to wait until 2011 to teach us. And that has to do with the mirror training. Where if it did go bad quickly we would be able to get out through the beginning…there‘s going to be more to this process in the next couple workshops, but this is the base process that if there was a shield pull where they had to do immediate evac this is how it would be done. It would be done through what is called the Wha Window in, that‘s made through mirrors. It can also be created in front of you even without a mirror. Now mirrors can amplify the affect and actually help us to get more used to, first communing with the Wha-YA Yas Family groups. There‘s a lot of ‗Wha‘ words in this by the way.

We have Wha this, Wha-Yas, Wha-YAs, oh brother…yes. So pardon me if I have to stop and say/ see it in my head. Was that a Wha-YA-ah? Right. Anyway, this will begin our private, conscious training directly where once we open the mirror fields here, and we‘re going to do them in the room just using where if you don‘t have a mirror plane to put hands on things, they call that the ―Target Area.‖ And there‘s a point where you project into and beyond the target area 6-feet. Just like you would project if your hands were on the mirror plane, into the mirror 6-feet. So we are going to do it without having to use the mirrors here.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 57 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

If you have time, since you‘ve set the fields already in the mirrors in the, you were asked to set the gel fields, the orb gel fields in the mirrors at the hotel. If you have time you could try, because we will activate the whole set of sequences here in order to pick up something directly from our Wha companions, which are actually our Wha hosts, which I‘ll talk about a little bit before I get into some of the diagrams. But if you want you can just transmit directly what you activate here into those mirrors and maybe get a little glimpse of actually being able to see the one who you‘ll be communing with here. And when you get home you can use this technique which tells you how to set the gel field and how to set the other fields that build up to form this Wha Window in the mirror. You will be able to set one of these at home in your own mirror. And they do recommend getting like a walkthrough size mirror just in case. Even if it‘s one of those cheap ones from like K-mart or Walmart or something that are just where you can see yourself full length when you‘re dressing and that kind of stuff…doesn‘t have to be a big, heavy, massive one or anything, but a virgin mirror that hasn‘t been directly contaminated by anybody. The worst kind of mirrors you can use are heirlooms that have passed down through families, because you have no idea what else might be in there. And there are clearing processes that you can use for those that will allow these sealing processes to work better. But with general virgin mirrors, even if they came from a wacky mirror-making place on bad grids or whatever, this will override that and it will stick. Which means it‘s the only program that has been purposely, consciously, directly put into that piece of mirror. And that it will hold. You can do the same with heirlooms but you may have to redo it a number of times. And you don‘t want to be playing with moving back and forth through mirrors like that unless you know it‘s a secure field. So we will create that literal field in front of us here as we work through these techniques. But you can go take that even into the hotel mirror because the Beloveds are actually holding a gel set in the mirrors for us, a shield there that will make it easier. And you might get where you actually get, start the process of actually being able to see the/ your companion there in the mirror and begin communicating there. Eventually, they said after about a year of practicing this directly at least once a week, the whole technique right, at home, you should be able to actually have direct communication where you actually see the other and you do a Patra Stance on your mirror and it will hold its hands up on the other side and you‘ll have direct cognition. And you can learn all sorts of things. And they‘re also going to teach us progressively how to go beyond that. And I think that‘s going to be before the year is up. They‘re going to teach us how to start journeying through with them where we can meet them and see them here and actually, there‘s certain types of techniques that can be used that then you can go and venture with them. The hardest part is remaining conscious when you do so you can remember what you did and come back with the full memory. But this is where we start doing much more conscious visitation into the blend fields, back and forth. So it was worth the wait as far as the techniques, and it was also essential because the 3 activations that are being done early cannot be done unless they‘re done in this way at this point in time. They can‘t just transmit. We actually have to create that, what they call the Wha Window, which we‘ll learn about as we move through the technique. The technique itself actually explains a lot of things, what‘s a ―Wha-Window,‖ what‘s a ―this,‖ what‘s a ―that.‖ But before we do that we have to look into a little bit about what is called the Wha-YA-Yah Field. And this of course gets into ―who are the Wha-YA-Yas Families‖ that are interacting with us. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 58 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

One of the things before we get into that, that I would like to mention that they have told me about, the Wha-YA-Yas that we‘ve met and we had identified the 6 families of the Whas. And these particular beings we have mentioned before are as conscious air, right, like that is how, that is the state they exist in eternally. And they can shape-shift and take on whatever form they choose. And they have chosen to use the Light-Being type of form, hominid form with us. And they do have 12 fingers and 12 toes in those forms. And they‘re not making themselves too, too big where they‘re like huge, where it‘s hard to do the energy interactions with us. But one fascinating thing, there will be a time when we learn to travel with them. And this gives us a little clue about plasma ships. Because there‘s going to come a time when working with that one Wha-Being that is commissioned with your Rishi Level of identity, there will come a time when it actually shape-shifts itself into your own personal plasma transport craft. So the big plasma ships are actually huge collectives of them that do large mission work. But literally, it is a consciousness; it is a being. And it is someone you will get to know. And at a certain point in time, I don‘t know when that will be…if they pulled the shield fast it would become your plasma ship. Because what‘s fascinating about the things that we‘re going to learn about called the Wha-YA-Yah Fields and the Wha Gates…the Wha Gates are a very specialized set of gates that run through the Aurora fields in Aurora Continuum. And they are a combination of the light body frequencies from the Eckasha Level up and the Adashi Cycles, right, the Adashi Return Cycles. So it‘s a blend zone between those frequencies. Which means a being, in order to pass them, a being must have accomplished a full Mashaya-Hana ascension already or they just won‘t have the codes to be able to access the Wha Fields. The Wha Fields are going to become necessary to holding these planetary grids if things go well and we stay, and they‘re also going to be necessary for a quick shield pull evac in the event that they go bad quickly. And right now no matter how fast we personally activate, we‘re not going to get to the point where we can do a full Mashaya-Hana ascension ourselves because the planet isn‘t holding it. So what the opening of the Wha Gates means is the Wha-YA-Yas Families will come and directly, they are our personal host field. And they will also assist others and assist in the entire planetary host. But without them nobody would get off this planet and out of this realm before the gates close. So it‘s…the fact that they are here is very, very special. They are a group of Mashaya-Hana. They have had to at least reach Adashi Level-1 ascension in their lifetimes and literally move themselves out of the entire Time Matrix and into the Adashi Cycles. The 3 Families have to do with the Adashi-1 Cycle, Adashi-2 Cycle and Adashi-3 Cycle which correspond with the Eckasha Level, the Eckasha-A Level and the Eckasha-I Level. So this is, when we talk about those levels, the Eckasha and up levels of the Light Body structure, we‘re talking about fields where things can‘t fall. Vecas can fall and things below Vecas can fall. But Eckashas and up can‘t; they are the eternal life fields. So literally, this is a host ascension that would take us through the Wha Gates that connect up into those fields. And there‘s a lot to learn about them. This is the introduction. I never even heard of them. Some of us are actually direct Incarnates of them. And we carry within ourselves very specific sets of codes that goes with one of those Wha Families. The Wha Families are very important because they are connected to what are referred to as the 3 Paths of the Kryst. Each one of those, each set, so you have like, you have 3 sets of males and 3 sets of females. They go in pairs, a gender pair, a male and a female pair. And they actually represent like 1 Level. Like say the Adashi-1 Level of The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 59 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

ascension. They have a specific service mission here of what groups they help. And not just on the planetary level but the galactic level, universal level, all of that. So there are specific assignments. The Adashi-1 level of these Mashaya-Hana Wha-YA-Yas Families—the male and female set—carry the, what are called the Codes of DEma. Which means they carry all of the gate access codes to the Path of KaLE-DEma Fall that is going Kryst Fall. So their job, and they have to have enough thrust, is to go in, open the gates to the Kryst Fall systems when the system is going down, and get themselves back out, but allow the ones who can‘t go any higher that are taking Kryst Fall KaLEDEma to be able to get into the Kryst Fall. So they have to go in, open the gates and have enough thrust to pull back out so they don‘t get sucked into that path. The second set have those codes plus they have a set of codes that go with the Path of KaLE-RAma Step-back. Which means they have to be able to go in, open the Edonic doors and pull themselves back out before…and they‘re not just like individual selves, but like their collective, their Rishi back out before it gets sucked in with the ones who have to go Path of KaLE-RAma because they can‘t go any higher with their codes. And then the last set are the ones who have those 2 sets of codes plus the codes that go with the KaLA-Krysta Ascension, Star Fire Ascension Cycles. And they have to do with codes that go with the, what do they all it…the Wha Voids. Which are the point where we fulfill this Density Cycle in the Outer Domains and then move into the Adashi-1 Cycle. There is a Void Field there, the Great Wha Void as they call it, that we have to be able to do the Turnaround in angular rotation of particle spin and go into the Mashaya-Hana Fold and all of that. So there are 3 specific families that all of them are Adashi Adepts, but they have the specific purpose of they are basically the special ops teams that go in and make sure the gates get opened. And they also service the path while they‘re…say if they‘re Incarnate here, like if…some of you are actually Incarnate of them and you‘re already one of them. Others are ―of the family‖ but there are still certain levels before you become a full-on Incarnate of them. And it might not be in this lifetime that you reach those levels. But each of these groups has a very specific service path that is helping a certain group of people. Either the ones on the Path of KaLE-DEma, the ones on the Path of KaLE-RAma or the ones on the Path of KaLAKrysta. And it‘s together that, because of all those paths being assisted, that the KaLA-Krysta Path can actually make it. But it‘s also because of the KaLA-Krysta Path that the other 2 paths can make it. So even though we are all on the Path of KaLA-Krysta, we may have service contracts that go with the Path of KaLE-RAma, which means we‘re helping people that are on that path. Or the Path of KaLE-DEma Kryst Fall, which means we‘re helping people that are on that path. So, and this is coming from your Rishi contracts on down, because it‘s at the Rishi Level that you actually have agreements and contracts. So that‘s why you may have found well, ―I felt comfortable with this name of Wha.‖ And that‘s ok even if it turns out to be a different one than what your Rishi contract actually is, because some people have a really strong affiliations with one group because a lot of times we move through one group and then into another and into another of the Wha Families.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 60 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So if you end up, as you‘re doing your mirror exercise where you actually see two show up and not just your one, that means the one that showed up first was the one you had the strongest personal affiliation for. But the one who shows up second is actually the one that needs to be there too, because that is the one that is holding your Rishi Service Contract. So you would work with two of them. And they would work together and combine their fields in order to work with you. So it doesn‘t matter if you just have one. That means you actually felt the resonance with the one you have your Rishi Service Contract with. So you‘d only end up with one. It doesn‘t mean you‘re missing something if you only end up with one. But if you end up with another one showing up, either during the technique we do tonight or as you‘re doing your mirror communications when you go home, it just means that there was the one that was the Rishi Contract that decided it would let you meet the other one first b ecause you have the strongest resonance with that one right now. So it‘s no big deal. And this type of contact is very personal. It‘s different for everyone because we are all unique but we all do have a Rishi Level of identity in Density-5. And these are literally Rishi Contracts. There‘s a lot more to learn than we will learn in this workshop. The most important thing in this workshop, and I‘m probably, what I‘m probably going to do is I‘ll go through the graphs and then I want to get to the technique just because if there‘s people that have to leave for earlier flights and that kind of thing I don‘t want them to miss this technique. Then we can come back to more of the discussion and maybe go back to some of the graphs to fill in more of the information. But the…this workshop was all about the activations. And they only do that when there is pretty much a leap happening where there has to be an acceleration, where there isn‘t time to do the long form of the programs. And when it‘s on security clearance like this one was, I‘m looking at the mini-graphs that could have gone with each one of those and just rolling my eyes like, ―Yeah, right, Beloveds. Maybe by next month‖ you know. But we managed to get it together enough where you‘ll see graphs that we‘ve used before but with new scribbles on them. There was not time to typeset most of them. But there was time to typeset a couple. And thanks to A‘san, one of the primary graphs that you‘ll see fly by that will be in your chart pack, it is. Most of it is typeset. The tiny stuff that you‘d never read if it was in my chicken scratch is typeset. Nothing has been proofed yet, though, so it‘s always like when we have these type of workshops you say. And trying to read my writing in order to typeset it, God bless anybody that does that, seriously. Because sometimes I‘ll go back the next day and I can‘t read my writing either. So if there‘s typos it‘s because it‘s hard to translate what I write, especially when I‘m doing it fast, no matter who‘s typesetting. So sometimes A‘san gets stuff that isn‘t quite the way it was because you can‘t read my writing and the same with Willa and Jared when they do it for me. So please pardon us. We will let, when we publish the whole thing we will have the corrections put in because we‘ll have time to do the proofing on it. But it‘s enough to give you the gist to get basically the accurate information there. And the technique will be fine as it is. So there might be a little bit of, with as many different Wha-stuff that was in this technique, ―Wha-this‖, ―Wha-YAs‖, WhaYas‖, I mean right, if a few of them were transposed because I wrote fast and you couldn‘t see the ―ah‖ on the end or something we‘ll see it when we correct that with the proofreading and stuff. But it will still work. And we will run the technique tonight. And this is an exciting technique because it is the one where you get to the point where you can start…I had experiences with the mirror training. Before I didn‘t have any training, I had experience with The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 61 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

the mirror contact and in the very early days before I actually walked-in, my walk-out was a bit terrified by some of it because we didn‘t have sealed mirrors in those days. And they kind of cycle through, where sometimes the frequencies of a mirror set would line up with Hibernation Zones as opposed to the Krystic frequency bands. So you never knew what was going to come through. But on the cycles when they were lined up with the Guardians‘ frequencies they would try to contact us through the mirror. And we actually have had doubles, our doubles from like Parallel on the other side of the mirror wearing different clothes than we were while we were looking the mirror and couldn‘t see, we saw ourselves, well it looked just like us except it was wearing different clothes and talking to us, right, and like doing the hand thing. I‘m going, ―Aargh‖…at first it was scary because we didn‘t know what it was. And later we progressively received more and more of the mirror trainings, both in like the dream state and in various Sadhi states and that kind of thing. So now it‘s bringing that to a conscious level. They weren‘t planning to do it until about 2011 but now they‘re going to need to accelerate these activations that go with it. And you need to activate the Wha-Fields in the mirrors before we can. So we‘re getting it early. And that‘s why we get wacky hours sometimes, when we‘re making these leaps in time. It‘s really funny, we have an old saying, A‘san and I, we go, ―Is it Monday yet?‖ Just so we could survive a workshop (chuckles), because usually it‘s so long and drawn out. We‘re working up there all day and then we‘re trying to deliver all night. So it‘s already Monday and we still haven‘t even delivered most of it. Oh God, right. So again, it‘s going to be condensed. And you know, more and more they‘re showing us that they give us more high-powered information in a short, condensed period than they used to in the longer periods where we would be together for longer hours but reach only a certain level of understanding, a certain level of activation. These are like power-packed, condensed zip-files or something; zip-files in time. Where the activations are just off the charts and they come in, in very condensed data forms. So that‘s what we‘re dealing with here. What I would like to start with is the graph that we‘ve seen this graph before and it‘s coherent thanks to when Willa and Jared set the last chart pack or handbook. But there‘s a little bit of new things that aren‘t typeset already added to this, that eventually they will be typeset too. (Graph) Here is where we have the 5 planes and matter states of the Aurora Continuum. And when we introduced this, I believe we introduced this part in the last workshop or it might have been a little bit in the one before and the last one. But we were talking about where the Aurora Continuum is, where Aurora Earth is and where down here…can I have this one, honey please, down here? Yes. Thank you.

Yes, where here‘s where we have the NET Earth field in the Outer Domain, right. And we have NET Earth, Higher Earth and Median Amenti Earth Domains are out here, right. And when we were talking about when they introduced Aurora Earth, which is the eternal perfect version of Amenti Earth that actually exists in the Aurora Continuum between the Outer and the Middle Domain Edons.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 62 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And that is the area that is referred to as the, right in here, is the area referred to as the Aurora Earth. And that is the first set of gates and frequencies. That is, they are the frequency fields we need to blend with in order to get to the Higher Earth and to Median Earth and AshaLA and up through the stack in ascension. That was the level we left off at with the workshop, last workshop, where we did the activations pertaining to this and began the blend fields with the Aurora Continuum and Aurora Earth or Aurora/Amenti Earth. Now what we have here, and we‘re using this diagram to show it because it pertains to understanding what they‘re referring to as the Wha-Fields. Now here we‘ve added to the title and the Wha-YA-yah Fields of Adashi Ascension. ―The Wha-YA-yah Fields are Mashaya-Hanic Adashi Domain Fields that correspond to and blend with the Eckasha through Eukatharaista Light Body Fields, which allow for intersection between Eckashi Domains and their Aurora Continuum counterparts.‖ ―The Wha-YA-yah Fields exist from the Eckasha Level upward and can open into the Veca and lower fields for Hosted Evac Ascension.‖ And that is what is occurring. They are having to open those higher fields because of something else we‘ll look at toward the end of the graph series that has to do with the Wha-ZE-yenta, which is a part of these, the lower part of these gates, that ones that could potentially open down into the Vecas that were compromised over in the Parallel Eckasha Bourgha Fall Matrix. Their Eckasha Level of them wasn‘t, but the Veca, the 4 Vecas that fell in that system, those gates that could connect into the Wha-gates were actually compromised to form a harness. And that harness hasn‘t been released into the systems yet. It is, they have recently. And that is why we‘re on another expedited thing. They have opened these into the grids at this point, the Wa, and it‘s spelled ―W-a‖ not ―W-h-a‖, the WaZE, ―Z-E‖, yenta is the fallen set of what would have been the Veca gates in that system that would have plugged into the Eckasha gates to do the Wha-gates. So it is yet another increase in frequency. They‘re still trying to, they‘re trying to plug it into the Alpha-Omega network and to actually run it into the Gravitron. And that‘s why there are certain activations that they‘re doing in the Gulf of Mexico and creating certain conditions in the Gulf of Mexico because that is where the Gravitron, which is that unnatural vortice set that controls the Staff of this planet, the Vertical Staff of this planet. They are trying to plug that in now. And it would just roll the whole thing, Toral Rift and all right into the Bourgha Matrix. So as usual we do one thing, stabilize it, the other side tries to do something else. It‘s not a panic thing or anything like that, but we are getting the advanced training that if the grids can‘t hold it here and this Shield can‘t hold the gates open they will get us out. So we‘re going to learn the next step that we would have been learning in last workshop, I mean next workshop, the next one and the next one. So we‘re learning parts of that. They‘ll be expanded on in the next workshops and we‘ll just get the advanced course in what that material would have been. So let‘s see, where are these? This says, ―the Wha-YA-yah Great Void exists between the Density-5 Aah-JhA Body‖. Now remember we talked about the Aah-JhA Body and it‘s like we talked about the Density-1 Level Aah-JhA Body mostly where it had its Rasha, and then d-1, d-2 and d-3 and then the Density-1 Level body. And then that Aah-JhA Field that combined with the d-4 level in the Density-2 all right, so a simple Aah-JhA Body. We‘ll look at those graphs a little bit too. All right, so they‘re talking about the Density-5 Aah-JhA Body, so that would be the d-13, 14 and 15 and then the Density-5 Level of the same structure but way, way, way out in the fields. That is your Rishi Body level. So, ―the Wha-YA-yah Great Void exists between the Density-5 Aah-JhA Body and the Wha-YA-yah Adashi-1 Eckasha Density-1, d-1 field.‖ The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 63 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So that is the field that that void, that Density-5 Void interfaces with. And that has to do with being able to make the Turnaround. Usually you have to go through the Mashaya-Hana Fold in order to get your PaTa-UR atoms and your Eternal Life atoms before you can fully make the Turnaround and end up in the Adashi-1 Field. But now they are blending the Light Body Eckasha Level with the Adashi-1 Fields to open the Wha-YA-yah Great Void which will open all of the smaller layers that go down from the Eukatharaista Level all the way down and then reaching into the Vecas and reaching down into our personal space down here. And this will allow us to have the frequencies that will allow that blend field to occur and we‘ll look at that. It‘s funny, I‘m trying to go, ―Ok, a Wha-what field? What is a Wha-YA, Wha-YA-yah Field?‖ So I understand it‘s a combination blend field of not just the Aurora Continuum but of the Adashi frequencies combined with the high level Light Body frequencies that creates a much stronger frequency set where you can literally bop between the Voids, and we‘ll see a little bit more about…if this is the Great Void space going through this band that you have to go through to Turnaround. There‘s also in all the structures of the Probability Maps that we‘ve seen around each layer, if you have the Eckasha-A that would have a layer of the Voids around it. If you had inside the Eckasha-A you have an Eckasha, like 12 Eckashas, each one of those would have their level of the Void around them as well. So this is literally being able to go into the Aurora Continuum and leap through the Void spaces. And that allows you to sidestep if things in the Outer Domains are falling or being dragged into other things. There‘s a lot more to learn about what it means to service these paths where we actually go in and open gates, and we do that with and eventually as, because eventually we will become our Rishis. We will fully embody our Rishi consciousness as we work with our Wha-companion. And together, as a Rishi and with a Wha-Mashaya-Hana facilitating us, we will be able to service those contracts, help those people and also to know how to journey. Because they are going to teach us how to journey through the mirrors first and then how to literally, fully set those fields where you can literally just set a mirror field even though there‘s not a mirror right in the air in front of you and part the Veil and go into these Continua and go anywhere from there. So it‘s, it is very exciting. It‘s a level of training that usually there are many slower stages of it like from one lifetime to another to another as you graduate from the first level where you learn to, you go through…you ascend, then you come back in and you do the Path of DEma and you learn the lessons that go with that. And then if you pass them in that lifetime, in the next lifetime you come back literally in a Mashaya-Hanic Body that has the codes of DEma, then you have a DEma mission. And then there‘d be the next layer, the KaLE-RAmas, and then you‘d have the full Krystas. So it‘s usually a very long, drawn out path of service training that even after once you fully ascended once, you continue back and eventually, way at the end of that whole series is where you fully do, you go through all the Adashi, to Adashi-3 and go through and you get born as literally as a Star in a Solar System, all right, where you‘re completely beyond individuated hominid-type form or anything like that. So this is that path, that path of higher evolution that after you ascend once why would you be crazy enough to come back in? That‘s why, because it might be really, really cool to fully come back as a Solar System and know yourself as a Sun of God Source. So these are the ones, the ones that are assisting us now, are the ones who have already passed those tests and hold those ranks. And we are being invited in now with the ones that have the connection to our Rishi Level as Rishis. They will assist us in awakening as Rishis. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 64 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Which means we hold the whole spectrum of our Rishi Bodies within our bodies here so that we can assist with the…so it‘s like getting jumped ahead lots of grades. Where we might be on one, just the beginning of one of these paths, and they will literally host the field for us. And that‘s where them serving as our personal plasma ships at certain points, where they will literally be the protective field around us and it will be like a bio-ship, but it is them. But first they will get to know us in individuated hominid form so you get to know them as people before you begin interacting with them as a vehicle of transport that will help you until you can get to that level where you can do the same thing for other beings. So it gives us some insight into plasma ships anyway. Not ―what‖ are they; ―who‖ are they. Ok, let‘s see…I think that‘s enough on this one, yes. So this is just showing that Main Great Void. Now we‘ll look a bit more at more of the Wha-YAyah Voids and where they show up…next one please. (Graph) Ok, this is a map that we‘ve looked at before that shows where our Veca 5 is, inside of our Eckasha 11 Probability. This is showing our Parallel Eckasha 8, which is where the Bourgha Fall Matrix is. The Eckasha itself isn‘t fallen but the 4 Vecas within it are. So this is showing those things. That‘s that map that we‘ve had before and the Mashaya-Hana hosts. And that was the one we showed where we were at with this Host in regards to its positioning within the Ecka Maps and the Probability Maps. Using this diagram we can simply illustrate where the Wha-Voids are. We had the Great Void that was the big one around the entire Eukatharaista in an Outer Domain. And then you have the smaller ones. So everywhere you see one of the circles, everywhere you see one of the Eckasha-I there would be a Void set around there. And then inside of that you would have them around the Eckasha-As and around the Eckashas and around the Vecas and around, going all the way down the chain down until you get them around planets and around people on planets, or stars and planets and people and that kind of thing. So there are these Wha-YA-yas, Wha-YA-yas, here I go again, the Wha-YA-yah, another Wha-YA-yah, not ―yas‖, WhaYA-yah Voids all the way around each of those. When we talk about where these passages are in relation to other things it would be passing through those frequency bands. And it‘s literally like being undetected, they‘re outside of ―time,‖ they‘re beyond the linear and cyclic pulsations and rhythms of the general time flows and probability flows. So another way to look at it are ―time adepts‖, where some people like to call them ―time Lords‖ and that kind of stuff, but that‘s usually the fallen ones that use those kind of terms because they imply subservience and those kind of things. But they would be Time Adepts, Krystic Time Adepts where space-time just becomes something completely different and you move into spaces of eternal time, where you start to experience time more in the way that God Source does, as a Field of Consciousness more than a linear movement in one direction or another. So they are where the Void spaces exist and they are, the Void spaces connect to what are called Wha Gates, that have to do with the Wha, with certain gate sets in the structures or Spirit Body and Light Body and Rasha Body that connect into those Void spaces. And in your personal body you would need to activate those particular areas of anatomy, the personal gates, WhaGates, in order to access the Wha Fields, the corresponding levels of the Wha Fields…next one please.

[0:36:19] (Graph) The ParTE‘KEi Body 5 Elemental Planes & Wha-YA-yas Gates The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 65 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Now this one is the ParTE‘KEi Body and the 5 Elemental Planes, right, that‘s the Dark Matter Body, & the Wha-YA-yas Gates. Now we had Wha-YA-yah Void Fields, we have Wha-YA-yas Gates. The gates on any structure, the Wha-YA-yas Gates open in the Alon Shield between lower and middle Mantle. So they open in this area right here, which in the Rasha Body template is between the layer 7 and layer 8. So it would be like layer 7.5 and that‘s where the Alon Crystal Shield is. When you take this out into the materialized systems this means it would materialize between 7 & 8, at 7.5 again, the Alon Shield level in a planet or a star or a person. In a planet that would be between the lower and the middle Mantles, so it‘s literally a crystalline layer between the lower and middle mantles. This is where there are 12 Primary and 12 Secondary gates, but the secondary ones would be the ones that go with the AdorA side. But the ones that we would need to activate first would be the Alon, in the Alon Shield. And there are 12 Alon main core crystal sets, and this is where these gates would open. The gates open through something in the center being activated. So I will look at that in a minute too. Now once these Alon Shield is activated that corresponds directly on a biological level to the blood crystals. So literally, these frequencies would turn on in the blood crystals. So we would begin to have changes in the blood and in the bio-chemistry that allowed us to be able to go through the shift in angular rotation of particle spin and to generate the levels of Hydrolase that we would need to be able to literally change the Density level of our atomic body and take it, well first through mirrors, which would be hosted by the frequencies we couldn‘t hold yet would be filled in by the Wha-YA-yas working with us. So we‘re going to be…these are activating. These are going to be activating to…well tonight, not anymore, this morning…it‘s not tonight anymore. So we will…this is part of the activations that are going to occurring. This is the last one. These activations that have to do with the Wha-YA-yas Gates and the Wha-YA-yah Fields weren‘t supposed to occur until, to start in January of 2011, with FOL ‘11. They were going to start there and go through a slower process of activation. Now they are going to initiate tonight and I believe they get done in 2011 sometime. I have to, there‘s another chart that shows what started activating, when it‘s activating, when it got expedited, when you have ‗what‘ by, right, activation-wise. Because there‘s a lot of activations that are happening simultaneous now. And understanding what they are helps a bit because you know, ―Ok, what part of my anatomy is immune to the Metatronic, the Met-Net pulse now,‖ so there‘s a chart that actually breaks all that down. That took forever to analyze that data from various different charts and get the dates and get what was happening and all of that. And bless him, A‘san set that, and that was enough to make you cross eyed, that one. So you‘ll see that in a little while. But we‘re just bringing you back to where, ―Where does it activate, where do the 12-gates activate?‖ They activate in that Crystal Layer, the Alon Crystal Layer. This also does mean, I believe there‘s going to be some very interesting activations directly happening with the Alon site, which has kind of been sleeping for a while but it‘s going to wake up now with these Wha-YA-yas Gates activating. Because the Alon site, they had us secure first and then it was turned over to other Guardians who secured it after they had us go to the next site. It‘s under protectorate. And this is directly connected to the Alon shield that‘s between the lower and middle mantles in the planet. So they will be firing those gates and that will probably be the control center for that part of this activation because it‘s a multi-level activation.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 66 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Let‘s see…let‘s go over here honey, please. Ok, the Wha-YA-yas Gate sets…let‘s go here first…‖the Gates of Wha-YAyas are known as the Mashaya-Hanic Gates, as passage through them requires a minimum completion of a full Star Fire Mashaya-Hana Ascension into the Adashi-1 Ascension‖…cycle, or what? I can‘t even read what that word is. Well anyway, ―Adashi Ascension‖…yes, I think…it‘s referring to Return, ―Adashi Return Cycle‖, there we go, or ―being directly hosted by a Mashaya-Hana Wha-YA-yas Adept, taking on the form of a plasma ship transport vehicle with, around you and with you.‖ So that is what we‘re eventually aiming for, is they will help us through that level of it until we can hold our own MashayaHanic Levels. All right, ―the Wha-YA-yas Gate sets are held in the d-1 encryption lattice. When activated through activation of the Rasha Core Wha-YA-yas Hydrolase Water Seed Silver-Seed in the Aurora Continuum‖…so here‘s what the silver-seed is. It‘s the Wha-YA-yas Hydrolase Water Seed in the Aurora Continuum, which is the Core Activator Crystal that activates these gates. And these gates, once they activate, open the Wha-YA-yah Voids into, Void Fields, which are blend fields between the Adashi and the Light Body and the Aurora Continuum. So it‘s all connected. The silver-seed is actually the Core Crystalline thing. And it‘s in the, it‘s in the Rasha Core, right, but it is the Hydrolase Water Seed Silver-Seed. Which is, we have the regular water seed, but this goes deeper. It is a certain aspect of the Silver-Seed that‘s connected directly to the Aurora Continuum. And it‘s connected into the Wha-Yah Levels. So when that full Silver-Seed activates, that‘s what triggers the gates to open and those planes, the blend planes, to become available to us. So, ―the 12 Wha-YA-yas gates on each level,‖ because this is on each dimensional level you would have that Alon Crystal ring, right, for each dimensional level as well as each Density level. But, ―the 12 Wha-YA-yas gates‖ on each level ―open within the Alon Shield, at span 7.5 of the Rasha Dark Matter Body and within the corresponding Alon Shield 7.5 level between the lower and middle mantle of each dimensional level in a planet or star or person. And activate within the Alon Blood Crystals of biological life forms, activating the Silver-Seed Code.‖ Ok, ―the Wha-YA-yas Gates intersect directly with the corresponding Aurora Continuum location,‖ like say Aurora Earth right, ―via the corresponding Adashi Density-5 Wha-Yah Aah-JhA‘ Body Reishaic Capsule.‖ Ah, new thing…so we‘ll find out what that thing is, the Density-5 Wha-Yah Aah-JhA‘ Body Reishaic Capsule, is the next thing. So we‘ve got Wha‘s and Wha-Ya‘s and Wha-YA‘s all over the place here. But they all are part of this system of being able to go into that level of the blend fields that incorporate the frequencies of the Adashi Return Cycles as well…next one, please.

[06 Mon 0:44:36] (Graph) The Density-5 Aah-JhA‘ Hydro-Acoustic Body and the Rainbow Body WhaYah Capsule Ok, we‘ve seen this before. This used to be, where all you see all these little handwritten ones in, they used to all say like Density-1, right and d-1, 2 and 3 and Density-1. That was the chart we used to show the structure of the Density-1 Aah-JhA‘ Body and the different layers.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 67 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So what we have here now is the Density-5 Aah-JhA‘ Hydro-Acoustic Body and the Rainbow Body Wha-Yah Capsule. That‘s another word for it, the Rainbow Body. And there are some traditions I think in Tibet that refer to the Rainbow Body. And that is the same thing you need to activate to, even if you leave a body through Bhardoah, a full, proper Bhardoah is where you vaporize it, take it with you and it‘s by activating that Rainbow Body that you‘re able to pull those frequencies of even your biological form and leave a little bit of the Va-Ba-TE dust left. So there are practices that if some people aren‘t taking their bodies this time that these will also allow them to get out even if somebody buries their body on them. Even if they want to be cremated and they don‘t get to be cremated or whatever, so activating the Rainbow Body or Wha-Yah Capsule is, will allow it so even if a being is buried they won‘t get stuck here because it will accelerate the process of the Va-Ba-TE separating from the parts of themselves that got stuck. And it will bring, in vapor form, the parts of themselves that got stuck. But we‘re talking about these and learning about these right now not for planning for Bhardoah, we‘re doing it for planning for Ascension and planning for beginning the process of getting ourselves and our bodies, first part of our AahJhA‘ Body and then in full atomic, through and into, through the Mirror Doorways. And being able to, well first we‘re starting with Windows, where we can project through them, we can commune through them, we can communicate through them. And eventually we‘ll be taught how to turn those Windows into Doorways, and the Doorways are what you can walk through. Where it‘s a little harder to walk through a Window but you can project through a Window. So anyway, this level here, the Wha-Yah Reishaic Capsule or the Rainbow Body Capsule is this layer right out here. And it‘s composed of Density-5 Wha-YA-yas Void and the Adashi Level Density-1, D-1, there‘s supposed to be a ―1‖ there, I AM Elemental Band. So before this used to be Density-2, d-4. This was showing you just on the Density-1 level how it overlapped with the Density-2 level. This is showing how the Density-5 level interfaces and overlaps with the Adashi Cycles through the Wha-Yah Voids if they are open and if those codes are open. So does this layer, and it‘s like way, way, way, way, way out in your field. This is your whole Rishi Layer of identity. And that is the area that will activate and that‘s what we‘re referring to as the Wha-Yah Reishaic Capsule or the Wha-Yah Capsule…down here, please, honey. Says, ―The Wha-Yah Reishaic Capsule is also known as the Rainbow Body and usually activates when one has completed full Star Fire Ascension into Adashi-1 as a Mashaya-Hana.‖ But it can also happen if you‘re being hosted in the process of the Way of the Whas in order to do the type of ascension that‘s becoming essential on this planet. Two says, ―The Wha-Yah Capsule can also be activated in Host by an Adashi Adept Wha-YA-yas Mashaya-Hana.‖ And that is what they are going to do. They are going to give us this activation tonight. They are going to give us the 3 activations tonight. We need to meet them first by doing the technique that is the same technique that you activate your mirrors with and those kind of things at home. But we‘ve got to get to the point where we get into a literal Patra Stance with them on the other side of that target plane or target field, which would also be your mirror. If we had mirrors in front of us right now we would be using them as that. But for now we‘re actually going to use the field in front of us so we can link with them so they can transmit the frequencies of the 3 levels of activation that we need to catch up on. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 68 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And what those 3 levels will do is set in motion the activation of our Rainbow Bodies, where we will be rapidly moving toward becoming Rishis. There will be several more steps to that, that they will walk us through and teach us. And some of it has to do with integrating some of the information from the other lifetimes, from your other Incarnate Selves and your other Soul Selves and your Over Soul Selves and your Avatar Selves. And at a certain point they‘re going to teach us about integrating the 4 Avatars of the Rishi, just like we integrate the 4 Faces of the Soul to become the Bud Soul, so like a whole Soul. To become a whole Rishi we‘d have to integrate the 4 Faces of the Avatar, the Resolute Twin Set that we are out of. So they‘re going to eventually lead us into understanding how to do that. And part of that is going to require personal training. And to get personal training we have to put effort into meeting them in the mirrors and getting to the point where we can go back and forth at least in projection through them, hold the consciousness, so we can go for training, personal, individualized training. Because every body is different, even though we all have similar structure and similar things, there‘s a lot of differences. And we all have different paths that got us to this point, so there‘s a lot of things that having a personal person to work with you very personally will be essential. So this is the next step in getting us toward being able to do that. Let‘s see, number 3 says, ―The Wha-YA-yas Hydrolase Water Seed Rasha Core 48-strand Silver Seed StarFire Crystal‖… that was an adjective…that was a name (chuckles) of that thing, right, the Wha-YA-yas. So that‘s where the, that‘s another use of the word Wha-YA-yas, just like we use Wha-YA-yas Families, right. And we‘ve got the Wha-YA-yas Silver Seed, Crystal Silver Seed was a very easy way to start our understanding of all of this stuff. But it is the ―48-strand Silver Seed StarFire Crystal activates the dimensional sets of Wha-YA-yas Gates within the dimensional Alon Shields and corresponding blood crystals, setting in motion activation of the Wha-Yah Capsule for Mashaya-Hanic Adashi StarFire Ascension via the Wha-YA-yah Void Fields.‖ So they refer to this actually as the ―Wha-Yah Capsule‖, all right, the ―Wha-Yah Capsule‖, the ―Wha-Yah Reishaic Capsule‖. So that‘s where we‘ve got…we don‘t have Wha-Yas, we don‘t have Wha-YA-yahs…these are the Wha-Yah Capsule or the Rainbow Capsule. That is the thing that activates when we fully activate the whole set of the Rishi. And that is going to be required in order to fulfill the Ascension through the Wha-Yah Voids and to be able to go into those planes and spaces. Ok, next one, please.

[0:51:54] (Graph) The Wha-YA-yah Transcendental Fields & the ―Families of the Wha‖ The Wha-YA-yah Transcendental Fields, the Transharmonic Transcendental Fields is what they simply refer to them as, and the Families of the Wha. Ok, the ―Wha-YA-yah fields are composed,‖ as I said before, ―of Eckasha through Eukatharaista Light Body fields blended with corresponding Adashi Return fields through the Aurora Continuum fields.‖ So it‘s basically a set of 3 different sets of frequencies because the Aurora Continuum fields themselves represent one set of frequencies, the Adashi sets represent another and the light, High (?) Light Body sets represent another as well. All right, let‘s see here, this is just a reiteration of the larger chart that we had. This is the 5 stages of Translocation and the 5 Aurora Continuum Matter States, which are the 5 stages of Jha-DA‘ Body Ascension.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 69 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And this is where we got those matter states, the Ah-SA-yas State, right, which was the Outer-Middle type of matter where the outer matter and the middle matter together. We had the Ah-SA-yon State, which is the Middle and the Inner matter forms, the Aeri-sa-na State which is the Inner and the Core State. We‘re going to deal with these 3 now. There‘s probably families that go with these too, but they haven‘t talked about those or the fields corresponding yet. But what we‘re dealing with here with the Ah-SA-yas State, which is that Outer and Middle geleziac matter state, and that‘s what the Orbs and the Orb Reservoirs are made out of, the Ah-SA-yas Orbs. All right, this is the Wha-YA-yas field Eckasha Adashi. So this is where you have the frequency levels from the Eckasha level and from Adashi-1. This over here set represents the families of Wha that go with them, the Mashayah-hana WhaYA-yas families and Wha-YA-yah Gate Keys. So from this Eckasha/Adashi-1 Ah-SA-yas fields the male ones of those are the E‘-LA‘-Whas and the females are the SA-whas. And the Gate Key commissions are the DEma Gate Keys, which means they hold the DEma Gate Keys so their service contract would be to help the ones who are on KaLE-DEma Kryst Fall. Where the ones who are going fall because they just can‘t pull it even into the Step-back Path but they want to go Kryst Fall like the Buddhara Kryst Fall matrices and those. And the Buddhara Kryst Falls aren‘t the only Kryst Falls that exist, they‘re the ones they‘ve named before because they‘re working directly with us, but there‘s others too. It does not mean that these families fall, not at all. They‘re meant to get those guys where they open their gates and then get the heck out of there so they don‘t get sucked in when the vortices open to take them in. But it allows them to make the crossover. They‘re also part of the security team on places like Kryst Fall matrices where unless these guys open those gates, those gates can‘t be intruded upon and raided by the other Fall System beings. So it‘s a very High Commission to serve that because you‘re actually part of the protection crew that allows the Kryst Fall ones to stay. Even though they‘ve fallen they can still maintain a Kryst Fall that will allow them to eventually do a space dust return but really quickly and right back. And they will hold, these guys would hold the memory matrix for them so they could do their Kryst Fall and go back to space dust, but somebody held the imprint of who they were so they would be able to reassemble once they got back up into, going back up into Source Consciousness Field. So it‘s a big Commission. And there‘s lots of little stuff on the ground where we‘re going to be taught about how to help people up there. Because all people out there and all plants and all beings on this planet, there are 3…or 4 paths really. There are 3 Paths of the Kryst and 4 Paths in general. The Path of Fall does have its Kryst option and it‘s these groups that will be helping those people to be able to get into the safety of that option. And then there‘s the other ones, the next ones, these are the ones that carry these codes but they also carry the ones that means they‘ve made it to the Adashi-2 Cycles, the Eckasha-A level consciousness and Light Body and the Adahshi-2 Cycles. They have the codes of Ah-SA-yon matter which is the Middle to Inner form of matter, the Electro-Thermal Vapor. These guys, their males are the Eur-Whas and the females are the TA‘-Whas. And they are serving, they hold the RAma Gate Codes and they would service the Path of Ka-LE RAma Step-back. And that means they would get their gates open, help them to get there and then get back out again because the jobs of these guys is not to fall with them, or not to go into those Paths with them. They have already ascended and they are on the ―let‘s become a solar system‖ Path of evolution at this point because they already made an individual ascension before just to serve these roles. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 70 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And the next ones are these guys, which they serve the Aeri-sa-na level of matter which is between the Inner and the Core levels and the Wha-YA-yas field Eckasha-I level and the Adashi-3 level frequencies. And these also have the codes of the other two before them from the Adashi-1 and the Adashi-2. And the males here are the HA‘-Whas and the females are the ShE-Whas and they have the Krysta Gate Codes, the Krysta Wha-Gate Codes. And they would be serving the Path of KaLA-Krysta directly, which means they‘re the ones responsible for getting the ―going up‖ Ascension Gates open. And that‘s where the thrust comes to actually help the others not get pulled down once they get those gates open. That thrust has to be up kind of like a rope bringing them back up. So they all work together and they are all essential to the Kryst Ascension Mission as well as essential to assisting all of the beings, all life everywhere whatever path it is on. The only path that doesn‘t want a service crew are the Path of Full KaLE-DEma Fall that don‘t want to go Kryst Fall. They have no interest whatsoever in having anybody help them. They‘re doing exactly what they want. And that…we just mind our own business at that point, it‘s like, ―Fine, you want to fall, that is a choice. You were given the ability to use your free will in that way if you wanted to.‖ So these are the 3 Paths of the Kryst and they‘re…there‘s a responsibility…there‘s a lot of people who feel like, ―Oh, I know I‘m on the Path of the Kryst and I‘m doing the KaLA-Krysta and that‘s it,‖ and like, ―I don‘t want to hear about the Path of KaLE-RAma and I certainly don‘t want to hear about the Path of KaLE-DEma.‖ Well, if we are on the Path of KaLA-Krysta, the Mashayah-Hanic Path, it implies a responsibility toward assisting those other paths too. Because if they both fall it‘s going to cause a problem for us being able to actually get up and out too because they create such a drag on our fields it will hold us down. So there is an ―embracing your opposites and embracing that which you feel you don‘t really want to be,‖ not embracing and allowing it to consume you, but embracing it in order to help it become free so you can become free. And that path of responsibility is imbued within the Kryst Path. So these are the 3 aspects of the Kryst Path. If we at some point do larger projects that do outreach into the community, they will have to serve each of these 3 aspects of the Kryst Path and the people who go with them. And each level of people that go with these paths would have to have certain parts of the work highlighted first as their doorway in so they would understand. If you take these high level classes and workshop things that you guys come to and, you guys that are on the Path of KaLA-Krysta, and very many of you are probably incarnate Whas already, if we tried to give that to a person who is on the Path of KaLE-DEma Fall and wants to make it a Kryst Fall, lose them completely in an instant because it‘s too technical, it‘s too hard. You have to help make bridges to where they are. And we‘re going to be working on programs like that. So there will be sets of programs, they‘ll all be coherent and one would actually lead to the other, but we don‘t have the street-level stepdown yet, we‘re getting it piece by piece. But, and this is really the beginning of where it‘s going to start to show where we see the cohesion within those 3 aspects and why they need to work together and why for a time at least, it will be an embracing movement, not a separating movement. We had to get separate for a while so we didn‘t get drawn into the Metatronic mess, but now it‘s about being able to reach out now that we‘re strong, now that we‘re becoming immune to the Metatronic mess and protected.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 71 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And we can become strong and work with the Adepts, the Wha Adepts, in order to actually reach out to help those other people as much as we can in the way that they can be through the guidance we receive. So it is a very unified path but it is not the path of ―false unity,‖ it is the path of true unity. Because Source is truly unified and it is the Path that respects everybody‘s evolutionary destiny and their choices, those that want to do full on Fall and don‘t want Kryst Fall, they are using their free will in the way they want to. They don‘t want any help from us and we are not trying to stop them. We are not saying, ―they can‘t,‖ but we are trying to help anyone else to get to what ever level out of that Fall Path that would be imposed on them if it weren‘t for the fact that the Kryst stood here and had representatives and Mashayahhana stood here and had representatives that were willing to serve each of the Paths of the Kryst regardless of what system levels they went into. So it‘s…there is a big love thing happening where we will be able to more and more feel that sense of connectedness and love, but we‘ll experience ourselves in a different way where we realize ourselves even more so than we may already as a healing force. That even if we can‘t explain our ideas to other people we can still set fields that allow them the highest evolution that they can reach. And part of that has to do with heavy grid workers teams. Not everybody has to be, but the ones who do will be the ones servicing, going in and literally getting the gates open for them and then getting the heck out of there. And that‘s the ones that will work with certain levels of the Whas that will directly teach us about kind of like being Time Adepts and that kind of stuff so we can go back and forth and literally get gates opened for them. And we‘ll probably get a lot of practice when the Earth starts to do a bit more rumbling and things and larger groups go out in mass evacuation waves, where you find like a natural disaster and a lot of people die on the physical. Well they go somewhere as soon as they die on the physical. They‘re some place. And most of the time they‘re very confused and trapped and they don‘t know where the heck they are. We‘ll be actually trained at certain points to go through the mirrors, go find them and actually lead them, we‘ll be guided to which, what frequency sets their consciousness actually goes with and we will help them out. Not just individuals that we know, but literally waves of individuals, so there are different service levels and that will be one. Everybody doesn‘t have to do that, but that will be one of the career options when we get into Wha-land. (chuckles). [1:03:41] I wonder if it was ―Gone to Wanna Land‖, ―Wha Land‖ (Laughs)…there used to be ―Gondwanaland‖ which used to be, they kind of called that early continent structures on Earth that, ―gone to Wanna Land‖. Anyway Wha-yah Land…so these are the basic run down on the Whas and the Paths they serve. And if you ended up saying, ―Oh, I really like the E‘-LA‘-Whas. I just felt such a resonance with the name and the whole bit‖ and then you go ―argh! They‘re serving the DEmas, Oh God! I don‘t want to serve the DEmas, I want to serve with the Krystas‖. You are serving with the Krystas. We‘re all serving together. We‘re all serving with the Wha-YA-yas families of the Mashayah-hana in order to assist all of these. And it‘s not about, ―Oh, that Path is yucky.‖ It‘s not that Path is yucky, they all have their challenges and they all have their beauty, but they‘re all meant to get us to the same place, which is the heck out of here on the Ascension Path. So it‘s time to not worry about that kind of thing as far as ―no‖ if you‘re…serving the DEma Kryst Fall Path does not mean you are Kryst falling. Just get that. And the same with the KaLE-RAma, doesn‘t mean you are going KaLE-RAma, it The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 72 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

means you are going to get gates open and get back out. So we‘re all on the Path of KaLA-Krysta but these happen to be aspects of it and serving the other layers…next one, please. [1:05:09] I keep getting the shoulder thing, so if I keep doing this thing with my arm just pardon me, it‘s stiffening up. Ok…ok, I want to see what the next one is because I just put that one up leading into the next one. [1:05:26] Oh yes, that‘s the fun one right after that. Ok, I‘m just putting this one back up. This is one from the last chart pack or handbook and I‘m putting this up just to remind us of the things we talked about in the last workshop which were the Mirror Ball Fields. And we kind of analyzed those pretty much to death in the last workshop. But the different Mirror Ball Fields, they‘re the ones that open up where they blend the frequencies from NET Earth with the frequencies from Aurora Earth to create literally a blended Transharmonic Time Wave Field. And we began the process of opening some of these up. You see these little diamonds here? There are 5…1, 2, 3, 4, 5 basic layers of basic plane sets that open up through activation of the dimensional mirror ball levels. And each of these 5 create what are called Communion Planes. They are literally 3-dimensional or actually there‘s 6-dimensional, 9-dimensional and 12-dimensional plane sets that we can move into and experience as like literally 3-dimensional hologram experience…move out of this reality field and into those. What we are going to be doing now with the Wha activations is those Wha-yah Fields will be interfacing with those also. And that‘s why we‘re…they are the more expedited activations we‘re going to get. We, in the last workshop in April, we activated 2 Primary Sets of these. And we‘ll look at this on a chart. I‘m showing you this one now just so you‘ll remember what the chart that I‘m going to show you has to do with. So these areas are Mirror Ball Fields. You have a d-3 Mirror Ball Field, d-2 Mirror Ball Field, d-1 Mirror Ball Field and this is the map going from Earth‘s Core all the way out through the different layers all the way up to the Urtha Fields in M-31. So this is the Spherical Map from which the Vertical Maps are drawn. So it‘s showing in the fields where each of those Mirror Ball layers open and there‘s quite a lot of detail in those things on these and there was in the last chart pack on this too. So now that we see that level, I had to analyze this and a couple other graphs to get the datum for this next graph. So put the next one on, please, hon. [1:07:41] This is the one A‘san, bless him, had to type set for me. Well he didn‘t have to, but he did. We didn‘t get the big type done, that was the easy stuff I put on after he did the charts. But this chart really, if you put this over to here and took this in and stuck it up there it wouldn‘t even fit though on it, running horizontally. So we just broke it in half and put the rest down here. Those 5 little diamond shapes that you saw on the Spherical Map that correspond to the Communion Planes that are formed from the Mirror Ball Fields, this was the one, smallest one that was toward the center of the Spherical Graph. This was the next one out, this was the next one out, so you have 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5. What‘s interesting is here is one we didn‘t talk about yet, and this is one of the ones that we weren‘t going to be talking about ‗til FOL, ‘11, 2011. But that‘s the 3rd level of expedition that we are having the activation before we leave this The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 73 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

workshop. And this has to do with what they call Communion Plane-6. This is the Reishiac Wha-YA‘-yas Gate Sets, all right, corresponds with those. Now each of these, we had part of this graph already in the last workshop chart pack where it showed this part. It showed the NET and Aurora Earth Mirror Ball Blend Field dimensional correspondences. So you had the NET Earth side over here and the Aurora Earth over here. So in this Plane-1, which was the Communion Plane-1, you have the d-2 Telluric Physical Mantle of NET Earth blending in with the d-1 Etheric Mantle of Aurora Earth. So they are the frequency fields that would be blending to form that Communion Plane. Then you have this Communion Plane, which is Communion Plane-2 has d-2 Telluric Physical Crust and Atmosphere and there‘s also the encryption lattice, like what encryption lattices corresponds to…the first one was the d-2 encryption lattice that‘s located in the d-1 crust and the d-1 encryption lattice on the Aurora Side. Here, the next one up, we have the d-2 Telluric Physical and the Atmosphere and d-1 Etheric Crust and Atmosphere because the d-3 on our side and the d-2 encryption lattice on Aurora Earth are blending to form this field. So this is how you read this graph, basically, these parts. I don‘t need to go all the way up on this right now. What I wanted to show is what I‘ve added because this you can look at and as long as you see how I was just reading those you can look at this graph in the other handbook from last workshop, or even just this section from this one. This line here was not on the graphs from the other handbook that was added because they hadn‘t even mentioned Communion Plane-6 that goes with the Wha-YA-yas Gates. They have mentioned it now. And this is literally, should have a little circle on it with like a 6, a ―W-6‖, right (Chuckles). It is actually C- Plane 6 but it‘s the 6th Plane but it‘s the ―W‘s‖, it‘s the Wha-YA-yas Gate Sets. We had, a ―2‖ was here because this was enough to make you nuts because the Mirror Ball numbers are different than the, I think they correspond with the encryption lattice numbers but they‘re different than the numbers of the Planes, right. It‘s like, ―Am I on 3? Am I on 2? What has activated,‖ it was my first question. Like how do I know what is activated which corresponds with what level of the body and cleared what level of the NET, was how my first questions that I was asking at the beginning of the workshop…excuse me a minute, I‘m getting heat flashes. I need to take a layer off. 1:11:24 Ok, let me see…right, so if you took this end of the graph right, this one below and just kept running it out that way, this is really how it reads. It would read across where you still have your numbers down here, 1, 2, the zero one, the one here, and then 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 going up just like you do there. And here it talked about the Mirror Ball Communion Plane Matter Types. And these were also on the original graph from last workshop. Just tells you the different types of matter that are involved in that Plane Set. Then here, this is a new column that was added where they just started giving dates as far as Activations Starting and Completion dates. And in parens (parenthesis), when you see the parens, ―( )‖ that was ―= the original schedule dates that were expedited‖ all right. So if you see ones that have parens on them that means they have been expedited from when they originally were going to take place.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 74 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Now, we did in the last workshop, in April, there were 2 activations that took place. We did number, Plane # 5 and Plane # 3 I believe. So we did 3 this one. It started then, the last workshop in April and it was to end during this one, which it did, in SL-7. So it completed at that point, right. And this means that when you get down here and you read that we‘re still on # 3, right, you go to # 3 down here…can you move that up, honey, please? This tells you more information about that. It tells you first of all what Mirror Ball and encryption lattice, dimensionally that corresponds to, which are these. It‘s the Density-1 Mirror Ball, the Density-1 encryption lattice. This tells you the Mirror Ball Field Light Body and Atomic Body dimensional controls. This Mirror Ball controls the d-2 Light Body and the d-1 atoms. This next column tells you NET Earth locations of Mirror Ball Communion Planes dimensional fields. And this just explains them in terms of the Vertical Maps which like the Density-1 and Inner Van Allen A3 platform to end Outer Van Allen A4 platform, and Density-2 past the Magnetosphere. So it shows you where these fields are. This next one is where it gets more personally helpful, ok, the ―Activation of Mirror Ball Communion Plane Blend Field Initiates Overlay Bonding with Met-Net Level.‖ This is where the Mirror Ball encryption merges with and brings its Time Wave and its cleared pattern into the Metatronic NET Field of each dimensional encryption lattice. Which begins making available to that level encryption lattice the natural, the organic program as opposed to the metatronic. And that creates a corresponding ―‘Met-Net Freeze‘ Immunity Bio-Field‖ and it also gives you the ―DNA Correspondences‖ that goes with that. So here on the d-3 one that we, or actually the Plane-3 one that we activated back in April from down here, it was actually in the Density-1 Mirror Ball Field and the Density-1 encryption lattice and we had to do all these things here, right. Then this is the level of Overlay Bonding. This is where the Overlay Bonding occurred, where you had whatever the NET Field was, right, the Met-Net, the d-3 level of the Met-Net is a d-3 Epi-genetic Overlay Net, the Ego Net. So that one initiated the recoding of the Ego Net and began, now when it completes at this workshop it means it completely has running in the Ego Net level of your Bio-Fields it has the dual wave running, the blend field wave running. Which means that field can now take on the Wha Activations, ok. And this just explains where the…this kind of goes with this one, where it‘s located, the Van Allens. The Ego Net is in here, 1/4 to 3/4 of the Outer Van Allen all right. So it‘s listing where those Nets are located. And over here is telling you what you just put, what you have immunity of as of that date that completion occurred on each of these levels for the Plane-3 sets with the d-3 Mental Body and the Epi-genetic Overlay were cleared and also DNA strand-3 and the Epi-genetic Overlay. So that‘s strand-3 clearing, but also the clearing of the multiple layers of the Epi-genetic Overlay. And that‘s one thing that was accomplished in the last workshop and fulfilled in this one, and the next one was 5, all right. So this one, if we notice, that took out the Ego-NET right. That recoded the Ego-NET and now we finally have that coding stopped so the Mental Body messing with us and trying to make us nuts will get much, much calmer now. We still have the issue of, we can still feel nuts because they can access the Bio-field through the d-2 level of the Intra-NET, through the bio-chemicals.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 75 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

But they can‘t push in and take over in the same way that they could when they were able to access the Ego-NET and literally push the 3-dimensional identity out of the body temporarily and get in and take over. So we‘ve at least got the Mental Body is secured and it will not activate anymore of the Metatronic coding. It may still be processing and trying to get rid of some of the encryption lattice mess that was there from whatever Metatronic activation that had taken place, but it will not go beyond its present level of Metatronic activation. So it is safe from the 55-activations. It is safe from the progressive messing where the metatronic frequencies are coming in and allowing progressively more ease of mental possession and those kind of things. So there is safe, the Mental Body is safe. Now, let‘s see, we also did 5. Ok, C- Plane 5, and you can read these over. I‘m not going to read every one of them before we get to the technique because I want to take a short break for restroom run before we go into technique. But anyway, we did this one. This is Mirror Ball Communion Outer Planes Type. The Activation of this started again at the last workshop and it fulfills during Slider-7 workshop, which is this one. If we bring # 5 down and look at # 5 down here ok, this is Mirror Ball and Encryption Lattice the d-5 Mirror Ball and the d5 Encryption Lattice. And they‘re in Density-2, right, Mirror Ball Field, Light Body and Atomic Body dimensional controls. These fields control the Density-1 Light Body and the d-3, which are the Mental Body atoms, which are the Atmic atoms. The NET-Earth locations of Mirror Ball Communion Planes dimensional fields for this one, they‘re actually located in M31 all right. So they‘re not even in the Milky Way galaxy. ―Activation of Mirror Ball Communion Plane Blend Field initiates overlay bonding with Met-NET level.‖ When we did this activation, Mirror Ball Plane-5, it over-layed the d-5, they call it the FAM Net which is the false Ascended Master Net that‘s coming from actually Tara level, d-5. Which is also referred to as the ―higher astral,‖ which is located in the d-5 encryption lattice in the Magnetosphere. So in our planetary Magnetosphere that‘s where that Net lives and that we also began the re-encrypting of in last workshop. And that is completed in this workshop. And what this gives the Met-NET Freeze on—the immunity level to— is the d-4 astral body and DNA strand-5, interestingly. Ok, so we‘ve got our Astral Body back as of…we‘ve completed the Astral Body and the Mental Body levels of this healing and building of immunity. Now what we‘re going to do in this workshop, in Slider‘s-7 was the next one…bring this down, please, which would have been, let me see, this one. We are going to do C- Plane 2, our Communion Plane 2, which was the d-2 Telluric Physical and that corresponds with the d-1 Etheric over in the Aurora Earth. All right, this is located, or actually I don‘t know, I forget why we put that there in the last one actually. Just ignore the Net-Earth surface thing. But it‘s Physical Telluric Etheric Matter Type. This is the one we were supposed to, notice there‘s no expedited little EXP number, means the first level that was expedited, the 2nd that was expedited and the 3rd that was expedited. This one was supposed to occur on this date, this date set, to start here at this workshop and to end in the next workshop which would be in August of this year, Sliders-8. So this was supposed to take place here. That one, which again is Plane 2, corresponds with down here…up, please. Thank you. 2, corresponds with the d-3 Mirror Ball, the d-3 Encryption Lattice, controls the d-1 Light Body in Rasha atoms, all right. This is locations. I won‘t even go into those right now because you can read them. They‘re not even that important for this discussion.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 76 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

It creates the overlay on the d-2 Intra Net in the Outer 1/2 of the Inner Van Allen to the Inner 1/2 of the Van Allen Gap. So that‘s where the Intra Net is located. So it actually begins re-encrypting and blocking that. So it‘s stopping the Metatronic Activations of the Intra Net in our systems. And what that is, the Intra Net is the bio-chemical, the Physical Body Net. So it‘s literally beginning the bio-chemical immunities in the Physical Body. Now that was supposed to start now and end in Slider‘s-8. And that‘s why Slider‘s 8 was going to be the advanced level of Physical Body, Physical-Emotional Body Sliders training. And it still will be, that‘s still going to be the title but heaven knows what we‘re going to be learning at that point with it. But this is, so this will finish when it‘s supposed to in Sliders 8 workshop. It did start in this workshop. And the ones I‘m saying did start are the ones that weren‘t just like initiated and waiting, these are the ones that are actually in motion from the activations that took place during the Shadra. And this corresponds with DNA strand-2 and the bio-chemical DNA and the bio-chemistries in the body, the chemical bio-chemistries. So this is where we start getting the weird shifts and things where I was getting spinning and I‘ve been getting like reality shifts where I‘m just watching the picture before me kind of divide into 2 and then there‘s 3, the one that I‘m looking at and the other 2 that went out to the sides. And then they come back again and kind of snap and I‘m going, ―Whoa, this is really weird.‖ So if you get any strange effects like that it‘s because of this particular activation that is starting that has been initiated in this workshop. Now the 3 expedited levels are these, the first expedited level, this one was supposed to start in the Sliders 8 workshop and complete in the Sliders 9. It is starting. And these 3 will be the transmissions we receive once we go through the technique, get to the point where we‘re in a Patra Stance with our Wha-YA-yas host. Because they are actually our hosts, they are the ones that are going to get us through and they will actually transmit to us the frequencies to activate these 3 levels tonight. So we did the one, we‘re already activating. These are on idle. We got some of that in the Shadra but they have to do the final transmissions to give the, actually the Wha-Code, the WhaCodes that go with these levels. It will give a jump to those because we wouldn‘t actually access those for a while, until after 2011. So we‘ll be getting this one, which is Plane 4 ok. And Plane 4 corresponds to, this one the numbers actually match. Plane 4 corresponds to Mirror Ball, d-4 Mirror Ball and the d-4 Encryption Lattice. It controls d-3 Light Body and the d-2 Physical atoms. This is where it‘s located in Outer Van Allen and where it‘s located. You can read that. This gives the activation of the Mirror Ball Communion Planes where it blends, what overlay levels get blended in and thus the Metatronic Activations get stopped in, or is the beginning of where they stop. And in Sliders 8 this will be done by then. The d-4 Lower Astral, the FCC Net, which is the ―False Christ Consciousness‖ grid, the False Christ Consciousness Net, and that‘s located in the d-4 Encryption Lattice, the Outer edge of the Outer Van Allen belts. What this will give the MetNet Freeze immunity to is the Density-1 Aah-JhA Hydro-Acoustic Body and DNA strand-4. All right, so there we‘ve got our Density-1 body in immunity level starting and it will finish in the next workshop. We‘re also doing the next one which is the expedited # 2. This one wasn‘t supposed to start until Sliders 9 in October, which is when we do the Mayan Cruise thing. And it wasn‘t supposed to finish until January of 2011, during the FOL workshop. It is starting tonight, or today, whatever it is, in this workshop. And it will complete by the next workshop, by Sliders 8. So that‘s August. That one corresponds to, that‘s # 1, right, was I on? Yes. Number 1, this one starts to get interesting because # 1 corresponds to the d-2 Mirror Ball, the d-2 Encryption The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 77 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Lattice, the RashaLAe Body, the Density-5, your Rishi level, atoms…and this is where it‘s located. The d-1 Derma Net, Earth‘s Upper Mantle and Crust to the Ozone layer. So it corresponds to those frequency bands so basically where we‘re walking around up to the Ozone layer is where it‘s running. And what this puts the Met-Net Freeze immunity on, or starts it on, is the d-1 Etheric Body and the DNA template and the DNA strand-1 in DNA template level, so DNA template. And here we had, when we did # 3 I think that is, isn‘t it? Yes. When we did # 3 before that gave us the Mental Body and the Epi-genetic overlay. When we activated # 2 that gives us the Physical Body and the DNA strand-2 bio-chemical, literally the DNA, not the overlay and not the template, but the DNA itself. And here we get the template, the DNA template actually gets the protection field running in it. So we‘re slowly putting together the immunity set in our bodies where we can not be pushed into a Metatronic Activation any further on each of the levels of the body. So the last one, and this is the one that‘s going to make the others possible, but I think they transmit it last or maybe they do these 3 all together. They haven‘t told me yet, but they will on the break. This one was supposed to happen, start in FOL ‘11, which is January of 2011. And it wasn‘t supposed to complete until December of 2012, December 21st, 2012. Yes. I wonder what we‘ll be doing by then? (Laughs) Geez. Wonder if I‘ll (we‘ll?) still be here by then. I have a feeling this implies that, that showdown that they‘ve been talking about in 2011 that was going to come first with the Ancient Arrow, Broken Arrow Crew is probably now being pushed with the new Wha….what do they call it? The Wa-z-e, Wa-ZE‘-yenta twisted gates from the Bourgha side adding their ―umph‖ to the whole thing. So where we were going to be in December of 2012, I‘m not sure if it was December 21 st we would be here or they didn‘t give me the day, or if it was actually like December 1st or maybe December 12th and then there was another set of things that would happen for the 21st. They haven‘t told me that yet, but I have a feeling it is. I think it was around December 12th that we‘re supposed to finish here. I‘m just getting that now because they didn‘t give it to me before. But we‘re starting that here and we‘re going to be done by FOL. We‘ll complete this by FOL. And what this is, is this is what they call Communion Plane 6, the Reishaic Wha-YA-yas Gate sets, on Net Earth, its d-1 Etheric and the d-1 Encryption Lattice in the Rasha Crust. And on Aurora Earth it‘s the Rasha Keriatric Rasha Encryption Lattice. So that‘s the blend field of those 2 sets coming together. It‘s the Keriatric Etheric and Dark Matter type of matter. These are the dates we just looked at, and let‘s take that down to this one now, please. Down here it corresponds to the d-1 Mirror Ball and the d-1 Encryption Lattice. It controls the Density-5 Light Body and the d-15 atoms, which again, these are Rishi Level Identity ok. It‘s located in the Lower to Middle Mantle in the A-1 Platform, the Aurora 1 Platform in those Vertical Maps that we‘ve done. Ok, the Net, and it‘s not exactly called the Net, it‘s called a Harness. Because it‘s beyond just the ―net‖ layers that we‘ve seen in the planetary grids and they go into the Solar System grids and the Galactic grids, etcetera. But this is actually called the PKA Eckasha 8 which is our Parallel Eckasha where they had the 4 Vecas fall to form the Bourgha Black Hole system. And it links into our Parallel Veca 2. We‘re in Veca 5 and 2 is our Parallel, which is our Parallel Milky Way system or Veca Level Milky Way system. And this is called the Wa-ZE‘-yenta. That‘s supposed to be a ―y‖. They probably couldn‘t read my writing. I understand why. So it‘s Wa-ZE‘-yenta, y-e-n-t-a, harness. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 78 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And there is a harness field where they link through from here to Veca 2, through the Veca 2 Parallel Alpha-Omega system and into our system. So this is the level of Net that it is going to block and create immunity to in our system. And what this will give us is where we have a freeze where it can‘t mess with or make Metatronic these levels of our bodies, the Density-5 Reishaic Aah-JhA Body Capsule, the Reishaic Capsule, the Aah-JhA Body level that we talked about, the Wha-ya I think they call that, the Wha-ya, one of the Wha whatever‘s, that Density-5 level. I can‘t remember all what it had on the end of it, but Wha-YA-yas Silver Seed Rasha 48-strand DNA Core. As far as the DNA level this corresponds to that one, the Wha-YA-yah Silver Seed. That when that sparks it sparks open the Alon, in the Alon shield, the sets of Wha Gates all the way through in the dimensional levels. And what this does is literally give us full Reishaic level protection and triggers activation of the full spectrum of the Rainbow Body or the Density-5 Reishaic Aah-JhA Body Capsule. So this one we weren‘t going to do, it wasn‘t going to finish until 2012. And it‘s going to finish now by when is it…oops, I can‘t read up there. Yes, there we go, FOL 2011, yes. It‘s really strange at that angle, the letters change and they look like something different. So anyway, this was one of the key charts that they wanted us to understand. They wanted that datum pulled together so it would make sense what we were doing. Because if it doesn‘t make sense it‘s a bit hard to actually hold the activations, so even in the charts, as always, they form a form of optical-pineal induction of huge amounts of data like in zip files. So that chart took a while. Says, C- Planes 3 and 5 activated in April and complete in this workshop, Sliders-7, May. CPlanes 2, 4, which is the expedited 1, 1 which is expedited 2 and 6 which is expedited 3, activate in May and also 7, this workshop, C- Planes 2, 4 and 1 will complete in August 2010, SL-8 workshop. And C- Plane 6 will complete in January 2011, FOL workshop. So that‘s the basics of the most important things that we need to know about what‘s activating where and who‘s on first and what‘s happening and what‘s immune and what‘s not immune and what can I expect and what I can‘t expect. When we get through the one that, and I think it‘s 2, wasn‘t it, that corresponds to, yes, the d-2 Intra Net, that‘s the biochemical Net. Once that completes in August, that is going to be the point where they can‘t push into the body temporarily through the bio-chemicals and make you first of all, feel nuts from inside out. They can do that…we‘re immune on the Mental Body level, on d-3 level, but we still have that bio-chemical link. Which is, especially if you have a degree of Illuminati gene codes you might have carried from who you chose as parents, and you might have chose them as parents just so you could steal back certain codes in the name of the Kryst. You might have been a Kryst being that came in on one of the Mashaya Missions to actually bring back the line of certain flame codes and those kind of things. So just because you might be from an Illuminati Line doesn‘t mean you‘re Illuminati Consciousness. So anyway, they‘re tapping me on the shoulder, time for the breaks so we can get to the activation. But I want to explain the activation first. Wait a minute. Let‘s put the next one up really quick. [1:35:26] Ok, this was just showing the Wa-ZE‘-yenta fall gate harness. That was the one that is coming from over here and it‘s running through the Veca Level of those Void fields that normally the Wha-Voids would plug into the Eckasha level. But because they had 4 of their Vecas fall in that Eckasha the Eckasha can‘t fall, but they were able to reverse the Veca The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 79 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

level and down Wha Gate sets to form the ―W-a‖ Wa-ZE‘, Wa-ZE-yenta Gate sets, which plug into the Bourgha Fall Matrix. And they‘re linking in through Veca 2, our Parallel. So this is just showing you on the maps what I was talking about, where the Wa-ZE‘-yenta are. All right, next one, please. [1:36:14] Aaahhh, this is just showing a little more detail about how, about, this is from I think 2 workshops back or so, but it shows the close up on that map as far as where the Dragon‘s Eye is. And it‘s right here that the Bourgha Matrix interfaces here. So this is where the Wa-ZE‘-yenta gates interface with the Parallel System. And then the Parallel System interfaces with our system over here, and this is on the Veca level. Then we go Metagalactic, then we go Galactic and all the way down. So this is showing just the context…next one, please. [1:36:52] Aiye, I think we‘ll save that one for later, yes, and next one, please. Yes, we‘ll take a, I‘ll point it out, then we‘ll take a break, then we‘ll discuss it a bit more…no it was the other one, actually. [1:37:06] This one is just so we remember who we were talking to the other night, where it showed who was wearing what so we can remember their symbolic clothing so we remember how the visuals they gave us to use with them. But remember they are conscious air, but they are fully conscious and they will interact with us in these kind of, like their family garb. I don‘t know why they chose the symbology they did, and I‘m sure at some point they‘ll start changing clothes for different purposes and functions and meanings for you when you start to interact personally. But this just shows the families, the names of what path they serve and what, like Gate Codes they hold, what gates they can open. And most importantly, a little reminder of what they look like. They‘re all white like powder, like translucent powder colored light beings, but they all have different kinds of symbolic clothing in their presentation to us. So that imagery helps a lot when we‘re working with communing with them and working with using visualization and that kind of stuff. So that one is there and the one I‘ll leave up here when we go to break, I just want to put it on…what‘s the next one, please…the last one. Well, let me see what is the 2nd to the last one because I…(A&A discuss) The little diagram that I did, yes. Oh, the one with the map we‘ll talk about later after the activation. [1:38:37] This, these little sets of diagrams, we‘ll talk about them more before we go into the technique but I just wanted you to see that they‘re here because they‘re certain aspects. This goes with the technique, which is called, ―Preparing Your Mirror for Wha-YA-yas Communication, Projecting and Contact.‖ These are reference diagrams. I only did them for the ones that would be really, really confusing if you didn‘t see some kind of ―what are they talking about there,‖ right. Some like, ―where your position is, what constructions of energy are forming around you.‖

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 80 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So we‘ll talk more about these right before we go into it. And I also will do probably a bit of a rundown before we launch into the technique itself so you just have an idea of how it‘s going to move from one thing to another kind of thing. But these will be the steps. This goes with part 2, which is called, ―Parting the Veil of Wha.‖ The Veil of Wha is what they‘re referring to as that Veil that we‘ve stepped through before in the techniques that we did in the last workshop, all right, so ―Parting the Veil of Wha.‖ And there‘s…I forget how many steps there are. I think there‘s 11 or more, but this shows the ones that were a bit more confusing like Step 5, Step 7, Step 9 and Step 10 is shown because they were a little bit hard to just visualize in words if you didn‘t see the diagrams. So we‘ll come back, they said take about a 20-minute break. We‘ll come back and immediately go into just looking at these a little bit more closer, explaining what you‘re looking at and then doing a really quick, ―first we‘ll do this, and we‘ll do this, and we‘ll do this ― and then we‘ll go into the technique. And at the end of this technique, the part that is not in writing is simply the part that once you‘ve made the connection, will go to a certain step…because there‘s two steps you can use afterward, when you get home to…and there‘s one that even tells you that if you want to start projecting in your sleep, how to do that, like how to begin that process. But we‘ll go up to the certain point where we are in Patra Stance and then I will take the wave live with them because that is when they want to transmit those three, the frequencies for those three expedited activations to begin the activation of your Rainbow Body. So we will get to that point and then the other couple of steps we‘ll just read through them real quick and they‘re the ones you can do at home after you run this exercise at home and get your mirrors going. Then there‘s ways you can use it for general communion like you will do here, moving into it, but there‘s also ways, the beginning process of projecting when you go to bed at night, of how to get yourself to start going on journeys with your Wha companion. So, we‘ll go into that when we get back. So, 20 minute break and we‘ll be back and go right into technique.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 81 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Monday morning Lecture 2 [Audio Track 7] A‘sha Oh you (A‘san) got them, excellent! Ok, great, great, great, yay, they made it! (Applause) Thank you Mac for taking them! That‘s good because you can follow along then with the one main technique that has several parts that‘s from this workshop. It starts on page T1 and it goes through to page T6 is this diagram I believe, or is it 7? It‘s T7 I think this is actually. So there is T1 through 6 is the written version of what will be read. And then when we get toward the end of that, there is a live wave bit that when we get those 3-level of activations once we make the contact before we come back out of that, all right. So I just want to go over the steps a little bit with you with this just to point out the various parts. We have one that starts with ‗Securing the Mirror Field to the Krystic Spectra‘ and this is where we activate our Orb Pillar and the Density-5 Wha-yah Reishaic Capsule. And then there is the next part that‘s called ‗Parting the Veil of Wha‘ and as you read through the technique you start to understand what the Veil of Wha is, well, and to put it shortly that‘s that veil that we‘ve used in the other techniques where they just called it ‗the light on the other side of the veil‘ where we had Net Earth here and the other Time Wave of the Aurora Earth over there, and that was the veil that‘s in between it and now they have named it as the ‗Veil of Wha‘. And in this part, in parting the Veil of Wha there is really an important part that you can even use this part just separate to really amp your frequency fields when you need to and it is called the ‗Activating the Flame of Wha-LA-yah‘, and this is really cool! The Flame of Wha-LA-yah, that was really, really neat! And to answer the question that I‘ve had in my mind for quite a while, not just with the Wha‘s, or maybe they were Wha‘s that they just didn‘t identify themselves. But for at least a year I‘ve had periodic experiences in the dream state or in Sa‘dhi states when just I went under just for a bit of journeying and going to one of the temples, where I was meeting certain light beings that looked similar to how these guys are presenting. But they had this flame, this big flame in the heart chakra, and some of them were the colors of this one but some were other colors too. It‘s like mm, what is that? It‘s not the AzurA; it‘s not at the Karanadis; it‘s kind of in-between at the heart chakra. And this kind of answered some of those questions anyway of ‗Who are these guys?‘ right. It implies something and it implies level of activation of the Rainbow Body, the Density-5 Reishaic Body. So this is one of the strongest activations, just this part alone that we‘ve ever done, is in the ‗Parting of the Veil‘ part where you go through the Flame of Wha-LA-yah activations and you actually bring that into activating the Rainbow Body, the Density-5 Rishi Rainbow Body. So that was an exciting part that I had no idea it was there. It‘s funny because I‘ve had certain flame training but it‘s like they walked me through; the Beloveds walked me through. I didn‘t know how to go through a mirror myself from the astral or even from Jha-DA‘ or anything. But I would find them taking me through, going back and forth and me getting used to the sensations and those kind of things. But they never had on a conscious level trained me on ‗Ok, what did I just do? How did I do that?‘ I couldn‘t do it if they weren‘t there like to almost like open the door or window for me. And now we are starting to learn how to do that consciously ourselves and to meet them halfway.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 82 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So this is exciting for me too because I‘ve experienced some of the effects but not knowing how to make those effects occur on my own. So it is really neat when you start going with that. You‘ll probably end up, if you work with this technique on a conscious level like they said at least once a week for a year, you‘ll definitely establish a more strong link and contact. Many of you will be able to actually see your host on the other side and communicate with them as you hold a Patra stand and all of that. And you may also find it happens frequently that in the dream state or if you start going into like Sa‘dhis where you just need short naps here and there whatever that you may find yourself picking up with them and like going through mirror training where they‘re actually teaching you to feel the sensations of taking your Jha-DA‘ Body through, through mirrors and those kind of things. So doing the technique on the conscious level is just the beginning. And there is a little bit at the end where you can begin projecting when you go to sleep where you project right through into the mirror. So I was excited when I saw some of these things: ah finally I get to learn how I was doing what they were having me do, right. So ok…ok Transcendental Flame of Wha-LA-yah, yeah, 3 flames, there is a certain point where we end up with 3 Flames of Wha-LA-yah, and then we bring them altogether and expand them out and they become the activated Rainbow Body of the Density-5 Rishi level. Let‘s see, then there is another part: ‗Parting the Veil of Wha to form the Window of Wha Field within your Mirror’. Now all of these, they are phrased within like as if you were doing, working with your mirror, and you need to, for this particular exercise, and for the starting exercises, you need to work with your mirror like hanging on the wall in front of you or propped on wall in front of you on the vertical plane because it will change what vortices you end up working with if you started on the horizontal plane. And first you need to open the vertical plane sets so you start with the mirror on a vertical. And even if you were like doing a little hand mirror, don‘t set it on the table; hold it up in front of you like this so you can work with it vertically. Ok, later, I think in other classes they will advance us and teach us how to use the horizontal ones and probably what the difference is and what takes you where kind of thing. But to get into the fields that they‘re trying to get us into now, you would need to use it on the vertical as if it were a mirror on the wall that you could walk through eventually someday right with your body like a doorway. But for now we are doing window and I think there is a way eventually they‘ll have this opened to become a doorway. There‘s another set of activations that will take the window into becoming a doorway that has to do with being able to bring more of your molecular structure through, your atomic structure. Ok, so at certain points as we‘re working to form the Window of Wha Field in your mirror, it also has to do with now when we‘re doing this here, the mirror plane, there is a concept referred to as the mirror plane: that means the plane that the mirror would be hanging on. If you were looking at the wall and the mirror is hanging on that wall, that wall the mirror is resting on is the mirror plane. And in front of that is the room that you are in or the space that you are in, and behind that is if the mirror opened up through itself that behind the mirror area that is where we‘re going to open up the Wha Fields. Now because we‗re not using a mirror right now, we don‘t really have to. We can also use this technique to literally create your own mirror in space right in front of you. And you would literally put the palms on the mirror plane but the mirror plane in that form would be referred to as the target area. So you would have the target plane, and that is the plane where your hands, your palms—I‘d put both palms up but I‘m holding stuff with this one.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 83 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So you would have your target plane which is your mirror plane. And then there‘s certain things you do that go beyond: they go 6 feet beyond where that is. Now if you‘re using a mirror, it will be 6 feet into the mirror, right, as if the mirror extended back 6 feet and you do certain things with that. When you are not using a mirror or you‘re just imagining that there is a mirror there, you‘re actually using the target plane and you‘re doing, projecting it out 6 feet in front of you. It means you are actually creating the field right in the air around you and all of the things that would happen when you hear the word like ‗On the mirror plane, this is in front of the mirror; this is the back of the mirror,‘ it can also mean the front and back, like the front side being where you are and the back side of that target area or that target plane. So you can think when you are here you can think of the mirror plane is that target field where my palms are resting against as if it was a flat plane like a mirror would be and you will get the same effect. So you don‘t always have to have a mirror but they did say it is worth working for the first couple of years actually with the mirrors themselves because it actually amplifies. There is something about the molecular lattice of the substances that the mirror is made out of. It will actually amplify the effect and strengthen it so it‘s worth using them. But you can also play with like going for a walk in the woods or whatever and creating these spaces. And it would be literally creating mirror window spaces that you can go sit in and meet with your Wha-YA-yas Host, so it has numerous applications in that regard. And we all don‘t have mirrors sitting in front of us right now so we‘ll be using the target plane but we‘ll still read using just the mirror, using the mirror plane effect and as if we were using the mirror, so just your target area is your mirror. And again you could do the same thing and we recommend that you do with a literal mirror when you get home and do these exercises. Ok, so in dealing with the forming the Window of Wha Field within your mirror or within your target area and the space in front of you, we‘ll be using things called like the Spark of Wha and there‘s actually 3 Sparks of Wha and there are certain things we do with those, and all of these go into creating the Window of Wha effect. There is a point before all this where you actually activate our Orb Pillar using the Orb Flows from the Ah-SA-yas Reservoirs at Earth Core and really amplifying them and bringing up a very, very strong Orb Pillar all around us like a swirling pillar of orbs. So there is various levels before that: we do the Orb Pillar thing before we go into activating the Flame of Wha-LA-yah. And we do that before we go into activating the Wha Window. So these are stages of activations that do need to occur, and they needed them to occur before they could transfer to us those last 3 activations that are actually ahead of their time but they are needed right now. Ok, so let‘s see, at a certain point we end up with what‘s called a spherical Wha-YA-yah Field Window that they just simply call a Wha-yas Sphere. After we go through several things, some of which are in the later steps, are illustrated here because there might be a little hard to go: ‗What was that?‘ right in the writing. So the illustrations are there to give you a basic idea. I didn‘t have long to scratch these down; they are very rough but they should give you the basic idea of where you are, where the mirror is, or where the target area is, and where the vortices are opening up, going/moving away from you either through the mirror or into the space past your target plane. Ok and I will go through these just briefly so you see basically what we‘re talking about. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 84 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Somebody asked a question earlier: ‗What is the Patra Stance?‘ We‘ve used that in like the upgraded marriage ceremonies and that kind of thing and I‘ll just demonstrate it here. Now Patra Stance is something you can do with another person too like in 3D. It doesn‘t have to be just something you do with the mirror. That goes on top of that…. Ok, so would you demonstrate Patra Stance with me please? A‘san: Where? A‘sha: Just demo…. A‘san: Do I need this? A‘sha: No…. Ok, Patra Stance is simply—and there is a synchronized breathing where one inhales and the other exhales…. You‘re supposed to synchronize…. I love you. We‘re almost synchronized—I love you. And while you‘re doing that you—I‘ll go back on the mic here. That showed the pose…ok, let‘s show the pose…. And you basically supposed to synchronize the breathing rhythms where one literally goes…and exhales as the other is going…and inhaling and you create this wave form, right. And then you expand the breathing through the chakras where you‘re breathing through the palms and the chakras fullon and it creates a massive communications link. And it‘s used for certain types of grid work between people who are very close or even if they are not like partners or anything but trust each other and feel they really want to amplify their fields together. Or it‘s also used as part of the sacred coupling and thing yeah…sacred—somebody said ‗sex‘, yeah, the sacred sex, no, no…. I‘m asexual androge; don‘t pick on me! Anyway, blush, but anyway, but it is also something. It is a form of making love that is not about sexuality; it can be taken into that to actually heighten and deepen the experience. But it is also the way of forming a wave of direct cognition communication where it‘s not just like a linear language where you‘re telepathing; you can start telepathing but it goes into just direct cognition. And there‘s a lot of other things you can actually do with that and take it past a Patra Stance and then it actually gets into like the sacred sex stuff; eventually they‘ll go into that again. But first you got to get your fields straightened out. And once we‘re on Metatronic freeze where we‘re not worried about going Metatronic or somebody pushing us over into Metatronic because we did couple with them or something, they‘ll get into those later, the advance level of the sacred sex workshops. So this isn‘t about sex and the Wha-YA-yah‘s are not interested in that kind of engagement. No they aren‘t. They are conscious air; they are really beyond the concept. They can appreciate it but they are not going to go there with you. And if anything tries to pretend it‘s one of them that‘s trying to go there with you, it isn‘t one of them and don‘t go for it; it‘s something trying to trick you, ok. Oh…sorry…. A‘san: Don‘t be sorry. I was talking your point that if it pretends that it was one of them— A‘sha: Yeah, yeah because none of the Guardian groups will approach you in that way at all. If somebody is trying to do that, it is not a Guardian group; it‘s somebody trying to pretend they are one to get access to you at whatever level.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 85 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So we‘re still on ‗astral sex ban‘ right because things have tried and have succeeded in really messing with the human race for eons by using that approach and also the one on the physical. Now we‘re getting progressively more immune to where those kind of things can‘t harm us anymore but we‘re not fully, all of our layers aren‘t fully integrated on the Metatronic freeze yet. So as far as the Beloveds go and the Wha-YA-yah‘s, they are not ever going to approach you that way: they are not going to swap body fluids; they are not going to play with body parts. Those kind of things, they won‘t go there, right; they are very respectful. And not that you can‘t go there and be respectful but it‘s not the context to do that in: they are right now our hosts and our teachers and mentors and they‘re not supposed—just like you wouldn‘t—that it is a spiritual violation for say an adult person to actually interface with a child, right, in that way because the child does not fully understand the act and it is taken advantage of. That is considered a spiritual violation. Just like we have predatorial people on this planet that are pedophiles and those kind of things. And some people have those urges and it doesn‘t mean that they are a bad person; it means something is trying to use their field to get at something else that is innocent and easier to get at, that kind of thing. So not all pedophiles are horrible; it‘s an urge that does create a spiritual violation toward the younger one. And that is what it would be if these Guardian races that are assisting us, if they approached us in this way, it is no different than if an adult approached a 2-year-old and that is just—there is no excuse for it. They would never ever do that; there is not a context where that it is considered all right in the Krystic Guardian worlds because it is a spiritual violation. And by the way if there is anybody that has issues with pedophilia and those urges, realize that it is something trying to push you into that direction to use your body to feed off of another source of energy. And children still have a lot of quantum left in their energy: they haven‘t expanded and grown; they are not tired and worn out; they are not near Mana depletion. So very often that urge comes from things that are attached to a person‘s field that makes them crave, having that kind of closeness with somebody that is inappropriately aged and that kind of thing. So both sides get victimized; the child does but so does the person that is being used like that. So anyway…I‘m not going to go off onto that tangent; save that for another workshop; save that for the sacred sex, not, the sacred sex advanced workshop whenever they occur. But I just wanted to let you know that that is why they just will not do that. They will not go there and if you‘re getting any interaction like that in the astral or anything like that, realize that it is not the Guardians. They are not Krystic, and say, ‗No, thank you,‘ right, because they just won‘t go there with you right because of the pedophilic relationship with what that would mean. So anyway, we past that. Now that we know that we don‘t have to worry about that kind of ‗Patra Stance‘ happening, right, it‘s an innocent pure androgen asexual which means not—it‘s just not, it has no sex drive involved with it; it‘s a different kind of love. It is very loving: it is a way of making love emotionally and mentally and spiritually but not taking it into the genetic bonding levels that can occur when you bring it into the sexuality parts, so just so you know that. And again if you get anybody that is actually trying to get touchy-feely with you or even like swap body fluids, like even French kissing is considered in the sexual category, so they won‘t go there. They hug but they won‘t touch what we might consider private parts, those kind of things. If they ever need to work, do healing work on you, they will go over private parts but they will not touch the skin; they will just do the energy work. So this is how they will operate just so you know so nothing else might try to come in. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 86 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Because when you start moving with this, there are still the parts that the gene code, your own gene code, that aren‘t fully healed. And even when we get Metatronic block on the bio-physical level with the finishing of the D2 levels of the activation that will finish by October, there is still the levels. We won‘t go any further with Metatronic activation but there is still the detritus clearing off from the levels that we had before. So you may still get weird stuff flying up in the mirrors when you‘re playing with them, and if you do that, just realize ‗No, and you have no power over me!‘ Realize you‘re just watching some purging happening out of your own field. So if you see like ‗whahhh‘ things coming up in the mirror after you, they can‘t hurt you, all right. And that wouldn‘t be the case if it weren‘t for this process of preparing the mirror and sealing it into the Wha Fields. That is what is giving you the protection where it‘s through those Wha Fields it can show itself; it can bounce itself off the mirror but it cannot harm you or get into your DNA or your body. Actually if you‘re seeing it, it‘s actually coming through your DNA and your body anyway like detritus coming off. So anything that tries to scare you, that might come up before you‘re able to reach the one you‘re trying to reach, if that happens, it won‘t happen to everybody, but if it does, realize you can in absolute confidence say, ‗You cannot harm me. Go your way,‘ and/or something to that effect. You say with absolute calmness and just know because that is a secured mirror; it is a secured field. But that‘s how we also said that it‘s best to get a virgin mirror, right, so you don‘t have like Grandma‘s demons or something hanging out with you or anything like that if they happen to be in the family. So right that‘s another point I want to bring up just in case those things happen. I might as well bring this point up now really quick. A‘san had asked, and it was really funny like a wave came through him, he had asked me, right before we got off stage the moment we took the break and about 4 or 5 people by the time I got outside asked me, say ‗Can we share mirrors?‘ especially like if you are putting one like behind the bed so you can project into it, if a couple or whatever. Yes, you actually can. You would each go through on your own frequency and meet your own, even if there are 2 different ones and not even on the same levels, that‘s fine. And you can do it at the same time if you want or you can do it separate times if you want. But you‘re not going to trip over each other. If you each do it at different times, you will each get clear access on your own lone harmonic so you don‘t have to worry about that. But it is also good too, to have a personal mirror that you key to that part of the community mirror, let‘s say, the mirror that you‘re sharing. And that can be even something small like I‘m getting the like kind of like a little giggle effect where like those little compact mirrors that ladies tend to use. Even like one of those that‘s kind of like the beam-me-up-Scotty communicator, whatever, right, that you can do smaller type work. But try to use a larger one that you can use even if you put it horizontally like the ones that you use for dressing that are quite skinny but they‘re long. You can even run something like that like over your headboard or something behind your bed and just kind of go huh, and drift up and through it when you go into sleep at night that kind of thing. But yes you can share those and you‘ll still go in on your lone harmonic unless you both consciously choose to try to bring your Wha Host in and then the 4 of you go off and do something and learn something together. You can also do those but for now start with your individual one and like even if you are going to use the group mirror, start at different times, where each have say a private session with the mirror to make your connection so that kind of stuff before you worry about combining that with another person, like get your connection strong first.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 87 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Ok, I just want to show you some of these steps here: they go with the Part-2 ‗Parting of the Veil of Wha‘ and Part-B of that in the 6. Step-5, Step-7 and Step-9 and Step-10 were the ones that are just a little tricky if you don‘t have a bit of a visual. So I‘ll just describe what the visual is showing, and when you get to those steps you‘ll see what the words ‗Oh yeah, that‘s what they mean by the Wha Spark Triangulation right in Step-5,‘ where it‘s simply this is looking at that if that‘s you standing there right in front of the mirror, and that line is actually your mirror plane or your target plane, right your target area plane, and the little balls there are…there is a certain point in there where you‘re delivering sparks like 3 Wha Sparks. So little balls that look like they are on the tips of the fingers are actually like the ones coming out of the palms that are on the mirror. And then going into mirror 6 feet inward, right, which is away from you, it‘s going into the mirror but away from you and away from that plane would be the 3rd one that comes from the heart chakra area in this exercise, like in this step. So and they make a triangulation, so it‘s called the Wha Spark Triangulation, and when they say that, that‘s what they are referring to. And that‘s just looking at if you‘re looking down on a person doing it so you can see the triangle that forms between the 3 Sparks. So there‘s a spark at the tip, and one on the mirror plane where you have the 2 Sparks on the palms, ok. Let‘s see, see this is the way the diagram: this is the mirror plane or the target area. That is what that line is. So that would be that: either the Wha where the mirror is or the target area plane that you‘ve put in front of you where your hands stop, right, and then you project to that point 6 feet away from there either through the mirror or just in front of you. Now then there is a Step-6 after that, and then Step-7 is another one that it wouldn‘t hurt to have an illustration of. That‘s why we tried to scratch one here. This is looking at it from a different perspective. This is looking at it—I should probably go on the set on the stage. I‘m going to make myself totally dyslexic…because the illustration is done as if you‘re standing as if your wall is here, right, and your mirror plane is here, or your target area, and you‘re standing in front of it. And it‘s showing what is called the Eckasha Merkaba Wha Vortex. At a certain point as you move through Step-6, this pops open, all right. This vortice pops open, and when it first does, it is as if a doorway shaped like a Kathara grid, just like an opening shaped like a Kathara grid, opens in front of you on the mirror plane and then going back to that point 6 feet in the mirror or 6 feet in front of you, a horizontal Eckasha Merkaba forms right, the top part of the Merkaba. All right so you‘ve got this vortice opening in the mirror at this point, this Krystic vortice opening in the mirror. And then there‘s a couple of other things that you do, and we get to Step-9 and this gets into the Wha-YA-yas Host in the Wha Vortice in the mirror. All right, so you do certain other things through the steps to get to 9, and then at that point you can take your hands off the mirror and you just sit down in front of it. And this is like the floor right in the room where you are sitting or the floor in the space that you‘re at. And again where that door is, is the mirror plane or the plane of the target area. And this point is the 6-foot-into-the-mirror point or the 6-foot-in-front-of-you point. And halfway in about 3 feet in front of you or 3 feet into the mirror, that‘s where you will end up seeing your Wha-YA-yas Host in their Jha-DA‘ Orb, so they‘ll come in, in orb first, right. And this is where if you end up with 2 popping up, it‘s because of that you had an affiliation with one group but you actually had the Rishi contract with the other so they will both work with you. So if you end up with 2 that‘s ok; you just need 4 hands….

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 88 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Oh, they are saying if that occurs, then it is the one that you‘re on Rishi contract with that will come to do the Patra Stance with you because there is a link between your entire Rishi contract and that particular group so you need the codes that that one would give you. And you can work with the other one for other things but that one would come to you as in the Patra. So this is just showing you this is going off into the mirror or into that point in front of you. And there is another step when we get to Step-10. It says the ‗Wha-yas Sphere and Wha Window of Communion‘, all right. Now this again is the same thing as this, right. There is your mirror wall. Here‘s you sitting in front of your mirror. This is like the line of your floor or this is where your wall will go up and that is where your mirror is. And so you‘re like sitting on the floor, and even if you‘re not using the mirror, you‘re just using the space in front of you, you don‘t have to have your hands there anymore. You already got the target plane area designated; it already has its opened window in it, and it already has the first vortice, right, that goes 6 feet that way, so you‘re kind of sitting in front of that. But there will be a point in the steps in 10 and the things you do in Step-10 that the whole thing will pop and you‘ll end up with another vortice. Again it is based being right here at the plane. But this one will go horizontally out this way 6 feet behind you. And there will be another one simultaneously as if there was a Kathara grid run-on through that plane, that same plane, all right, but left to right. And that one will pop up a 6-foot top one,top vortex and a 6-foot going down into the floor right on that, right, with half of it would be on your side of the plane and a half on the other side of the plane with all of them. And when that occurs, it creates this Wha-yahs Sphere all the way around you. It‘s a protected sphere and it is literally made out of the Wha-yah-yah frequency bands which are those that are a combine of the Eckasha higher level of the Light Body and an Adashi Cycle, and the first level will be the Adashi-1 Cycle in the Eckasha level and the Aurora frequencies. So it will literally create this wave form around you: you‘ll be sitting in this half of it; the half that comes this way from the ones that are sticking out that way and the half of the top and bottom ones; and the other part will go through the wall and through the mirror. And if they are not using a mirror, it will go through that plane and the orb will continue into the other side of it. And in the other side, that‘s where your Wha-YA-yas Host will be, and at a certain point you actually assist it to come forward and then to bring itself out of orb form: 1 st it goes into a pillar right in the plane; it‘s still on its side, right; it‘s still on the other side, the mirror side or the Wha-yah side. And it will first turn into a pillar, an Orb Pillar, kind of like a undulating Orb Pillar and then condense itself and start to take form into the light being. And it would be wearing the symbolic clothes of its clan, let‘s say, did it show us it is symbolic, and at that point it would go into Patra, stand with you. And there is when we get to that point in the steps in the written technique. Then it goes into what you can do with that when you are doing it at home by yourself. But at that point we‘re going to go off and they are going to let the wave run as far as how to get the transfer of the frequencies for those 3 expedited activations leading to that final Silver Seed Activation that has to do with the Rasha Seed thing. So that part isn‘t in the writing but it doesn‘t have to be because you only do that set once, right. But the whole technique can be used, and if you really want to develop the ability to do this, it should be used at least once a week for a year. But you‘ll probably get effects a lot faster than a year. And again if you get weird effects, you just kind of say, ‗No, you can‘t. I‘m watching my field purge itself, goodbye!‘ And if you want to end the session right then you can, or just turn away from it for a little bit, and then come back and pick up where you were and try again to communicate with your Wha-YA-yas Host. And eventually they will actually help The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 89 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

clear it from their side too so that stuff can‘t mess with you because really it‘s a lot of the stuff that is coming through your own field that is just purging, if you see any weird stuff. Don‘t let the weird stuff scare you, all right. So anyway, you‘ll be sitting in half in your half of the orb and the other would be and at a certain point you‘d actually stand up because it would be standing when it solidifies from its pillar and then at that point you can stand up and meet it on your side and you stand up and do Patra through the mirror plane. What you can also do if you are not using a mirror, you can actually go into that side where about 3 feet in front of you is that halfway point right where this point is like 6 feet in front of you. You can actually step through with your body and go to the 3-foot point and sit right where it will be where it will pop up next to you and you can do the Patra right there, and that it creates a little bit different effect. But it‘s best to work first with the mirrors because they will be more powerful at first and they will actually assist you in developing the power to be able to hold that set without the mirror amplification and then you can do things like just create the field and go sit on that middle spot in the Wha Field itself. But first it is getting the Wha Field set and the part that comes through from that plane across where the veil space would be but the veils have been parted; the veils have been parted by the Window. Eventually we‘ll turn that Window into a Doorway. So this is what these illustrations are: they are really rough because I had to do them fast. I can draw a lot better than that but I didn‘t have time to draw a lot better than that. I was already 8 hours late according to clock time anyway. But this is just to help you see what the steps are talking about. So basically it‘s pretty self-explanatory as far as reading it when you go home. And what we need to do now is A‘san is going to read it and at a certain point when we get—let me see what step it is. Where is this set? I need to see the last page…. (A & A confer briefly) All right, it‘s right in this step here. What step is that? 12…that‘s 12, all right, in Step-12, ok. A‘san: So what is Step-12 you want me to do? A‘sha: Ok, in Step-12 right here this is where you ‗return to normal breathing‘ and all right I‘ll even read this to them. On the last page of this technique before the page before the illustrations there‘s the XII or/which is the 12 in Roman numerals, right Step-12. It says, ‗Return to normal breathing,‘ and with some stuff in parens, ‗and begin to telepath in direct cognition whatever you would like to say or ask your Host‘ right. That‘s the point where if you want these 3 activations, expedited activations, that‘s where you telepath in this particular instance. And in any other time when you are doing it at home, you can talk about anything you want; ask any questions you want. But this time it‘s to get if you want to receive those 3 activations, the expedited activations that you‘ll say, ‗Would you please, please I would like to receive those.‘ And then the sentence continues: ‗Then breathe normally for a minute to receive the direct cognition telepathic communication from your Wha-YA-yas Host.‘ And it‘s at that point that they will send them but they will probably give me narrative wave-run right there to show what is occurring, to narrate what is occurring. So that‘s the only thing. That part will differ right there and that‘s where we will take it at Step-12. And that last page that‘s where we will take it into the finishing of the live wave-run. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 90 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

But after that it goes into Step-13. It‘s like when you get to the Step-12 at home you just do it the way it is written there. And then you can converse as long as you want, and when you‘re done you just say, ‗Bye, till next time.‘ And then the other steps like 13 through 15 are just for when you‘re home what you can do with this process as you begin to build. So we‘re going to go up to Step-12 and it‘s in Step-12 that you will ask when it says here: ‗Begin to telepath your direct cognition whatever you would like to say.‘ That‘s when you‘d say, ‗I would like to.‘ You can also say, ‗Well I‘m not ready to but I‘ll do it later. But I‘d still like to be here and watch or to communicate‘; you telepath what it is you feel most comfortable with. But it is in Step-12 that you will telepath your communication to your Wha-YA-yas Host, Hostess‘ good...yeah. And that is where we will deviate off and they will say anything that they want me to narrate as far as what that transfer; when they telepath back to you they will be transmitting back to you and they‘ll probably show me what that looks like and say whatever they say. I don‘t know what they are going to say. But anyway, that‘s how that works. So you have it. They gave us the technique that we had to use tonight to get these activations. But it is also the technique that it is good to go for at least a year. And there will be things you can add to this. There will be techniques that they progressively add to this and how to amplify from Window to Doorway at a certain point. And there will be more and more progressive things but this will always be like a core technique to get your mirror set and get your Wha Field open. And so it‘s like a ground technique that a whole bunch of others will plug into that will be used over and over again. Ok, I think that covers it…. Participant: Does the mirror have to touch the floor? A‘sha: No, it doesn‘t. But as long as either if you are sitting on a chair, it‘s time to sit in front of it that it‘s like not up here where you‘re kind of going like ‗Hello!‘ right. I mean like if it‘s sitting on the floor, then you can sit on the floor and you‘re right there, right. But you can sit on the chair if you need to at the sitting stage just so you can reach it comfortably and at least look face to face and do the Patra with the hands with the being on the other side. Yeah, so if it is up too high it will be like ‗urgh, urgh,‘ can‘t reach your hands kind of thing and you won‘t be able to see, so as if it were a real window where you could look right out and touch the other being, all right. We have one and it actually it‘s the arch-shaped thing and I think it came from the catalogue company called ‗Touch of Class‘. They have this catalogue that they send out. It was like 3 or 4 years ago we got them. And they weren‘t too expensive either. But they were literally like walk-through size mirrors and they have iron gates things like wrought iron gates that can open and we usually have them open. But they can also close and because the mirrors weren‘t fully set, before they didn‘t have this level of sealing technology, if the mirrors ever felt funny, we would charge the gates, right. And we would paint them silver and charge the gates and we would close them if the mirror felt weird. And it literally created a screen block where it couldn‘t get weird. Then we opened up again and they were really neat. I think they were only like—I think they were about $270 but they were like person-size with big iron gates on them. You don‘t have to do that; you don‘t have to get one that big but we do have them where it literally sits on the floor and it is mounted flat against the wall. And that comes in handy because you can sit on the floor in front of you; you can also lay on the floor in front of it to do the projections through it and those kind of things. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 91 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

So it doesn‘t have to be an expensive mirror. What it is good though if you‘re going to get just like even a small inexpensive one, you may want to sometimes even though these will be very, very protected and sealed, you may want to just have like a little cloth or scarf that you drape over it that means ‗Ok, closed for the day‘, or whatever that kind of thing. And sometimes the Beloveds may ask us if there is grid disturbances or something that in any way create a flux in that protection field, they may ask us to like have a charged scarf or a set of wrought iron gates or whatever that you can put over the mirror, that really the object is actually just holding a field of intent of extra sealing that you are putting on and that will assist the Beloveds in creating an extra seal on it too in the event that ever needs it, ok right. Participant: Does that mean how many mirrors in your house you can use? Participant: For locations like in the houses? A‘sha: I‘m asking…. Yeah, there really isn‘t but it is better to concentrate on just a few in key locations, the locations that you would want to do projections from or want to have communication in. You can have other mirrors in your house too and just seal them with like the first part where you‘re bringing in the orbgel and that kind of stuff, and just seal them so no other yucky stuff can come through but don‘t activate them to where they‘re all communicators because you‘ll actually, it‘s like you‘ll be able to generate X amount of quantum in your field with these activations, and if you spread it out among too many, you‘re actually going to lessen the charge on each of them. So like create a primary mirror, a little travel mirror, right, as your communicator right when necessary that is keyed to the other one. In fact when you do the charge on the first mirror, you can have the little one with you. So you actually charge both of them, just kind of like stand it up so it‘s also on the same plane as the big one. You can actually do up to 3 that way; they said you could like do a small, medium and the biggest one right together so you can get 3 to work with. But they don‘t recommend right now more than 3. You can do it later as far as activating as Doorways and stuff but it will just, it‘ll diffuse the charge a bit, so you are better off doing 3 with the concentrated charge: 1 small one that you carry with you…it‘s like a little compact; and another whatever size you want; and another biggest one that would be if it ever activated and they said, ‗Walk through it now!‘ you can, that you could, right, where you‘re not trying to squeeze through a 8 12 by 11 picture frame, right! (Participants chuckle) Right ahhh, my shoulders are stuck! Yes ok, anyway, we need to get on with this now, ok. (A & A confer) We‘re just trying to make sure we don‘t have you miss your breakfast window that you have to eat your breakfast by a certain way because it is part of what you paid for in coming to the trip. So we‘ll get it done in time for you to get to your 10 o‘clock breakfast. A‘san: You‘ll have a Wha Window with the waffles, can‘t they? A‘sha: A Wha Window with the waffles? A‘san: A Wha Window with the waffles, yes! A‘sha: I‘ll leave this up to for when we get to those steps, if anybody needs to look at that again it‘s there. (Participants do preparatory breathing) A‘san: So just like to complete your preparation and regulate your breathing a little bit. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 92 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

As we approach the core technique from Sliders-7 Sarasota May 2010 entitled ‗Preparing your Mirror for Wha-YA-yas Communication, Projection and Contact‘. This technique is also used for activating the Ah-SA-yas Orb Master-Wave Pillar. And before we begin, and in particular for the reference of those who don‘t have the privilege of being with us today, we are making clear and emphasizing that throughout this technique your mirror must be placed and kept on a vertical plane and not placed horizontally at any time or for any reason. The technique— A‘sha: Because you just added words to that— A‘san: No, they are here…. A‘sha: I need to say something before it gets confusing. I‘m sorry. In terms of ‗at any time laying it horizontal‘ it doesn‘t apply to the compact mirror, so it‘s ok if it ends up horizontal in your purse or your pocket. I just needed to clarify that since you went that far with the explanation, ok. A‘san: Good…very good. And so before we begin, just to summarize this briefly, the hard copy of the technique which we enclose with the product package reveals that there are 3 parts in the structure of the technique comprising 4 main sections which are— From ‗Part-A: Securing the Mirror Field to Krystic Spectra‘, still in Part-A: ‗Parting the Veil of Wha‘; Part-B: focuses on ‗Parting the Veil of Wha to form the Window of Wha Field within your Mirror‘; And Part-C is devoted to the ‗Patra Communion Contact with your Wha-YA-yas Host‘.

Technique: Securing the Mirror Field to Krystic Spectra So now we begin with ‗Securing the Mirror Field to Krystic Spectra‘ which is about setting the Ah-SA-yas Orb-Gel Field from Earth Core Ah-SA-yas Orb Reservoir into the space between the front and backsides of the mirror. So we begin now by inhaling the Ah-SA-yas Orb Master-Wave up from Earth Core Orb Reservoir to your AzurA…. This inhale will be followed by an exhale, a 24-point Orb Burst from the AzurA outwards through your 12 Allurean Chamber Lines and 12 Fire Chamber Lines. Exhale now….. Just breathe normally and sense that a massive pillar of swirling Ah-SA-yas Orbs pops out around you and within you. The diameter of the Orb Pillar will extend from your Central Vertical Column within and outward to a 6-foot diameter running through and around your body. The vertical extension of the Orb Pillar will run up from the Orb Reservoir at Earth Core through and beyond your body and all the way up the Dimensional Scale to the Rasha Core of your D15 Reishaic Body and outward to the DN5 Wha-yah Reishaic Capsule. Now place both palms on the mirror‘s front surface, or in this case the target area since we‘re not actually working with the mirror, and inhale Orb Currents from your Orb Pillar into the AzurA and the Karanadis Seal….

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 93 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Hold this breath and then firmly exhale Ah-YA-yas Orb Flow Currents from the AzurA and the Karanadis Seal down your arm channels, out your palms and into the space between within the mirror or the target area…. Hold for a moment at the bottom of the exhale…. Now twice more inhale of the Orb Currents from your Orb Pillar into the AzurA and Karanadis Seal. Hold. Then firmly, exhale Ah-SA-yas Orb Flow Currents from the AzurA and Karanadis, down your arm channels, out your palms and into the target area. Just hold again briefly and then 1 more inhale repeating this process: In-Currents from your Orb Pillar into the AzurA, Karanadis Seal, hold it and then firmly exhale the Ah-SA-yas Orb Flow Currents from the AzurA and Karanadis down your arm channels, out your palms and into the space between that‘s in your target area. And just breathe easily for a moment. Imagine you can see the entire mirror field filled with orbs and which grow in number. And breathe normally and take your palms down, away from the mirror in other words, observing that the Orb Field you set within the mirror, the target area, solidifies slightly to form a moist gel-like Orb Field of pale golden-silver color. Just observe or intend the Orb Field you set solidifies slightly and is forming an Orb Field of pale golden-silver color. And move on now to ‗Parting the Veil of Wha‘. It involves making your mirror or your target space in an Adashiprotected window for communication and projection through the Mashaya-Hanic Wha-YA-yah Fields. This should always be done immediately following the first part which you just completed for activating the Flame of Wha-LA-yah.

Technique: Activating your Density-5 Wha-yah Capsule Rainbow Body and the Flame of Wha-LA-yah’ ‗Activating your Density-5 Wha-yah Capsule Rainbow Body and the Flame of Wha-LA-yah‘ begins now. So for the purposes of doing this together in the workshop you need to imagine you‘re standing several feet away from your mirror or target area. And breathe slowly and deeply with your eyes closed. And as you‘re doing that raise your hands to shoulder height in front of you, and this is something you‘ll need to do but you‘ll have to have your elbows bent back a little bit. Your palms will be facing forward. And try and sense the presence of the Blend Field Veil, the Veil of Wha, which exists actually between Net Earth and Aurora Earth; this is directly in front of you, just in front of your palms. As your sense the Veil of Wha in front of you, inhale slowly and deeply, drawing Orb Flow from your Orb Pillar into your AzurA and Karanadis Seal…. Hold for a moment at the top of the inhale, allowing Orb Flow to fill your AzurA and Karanadis and then exhale slowly keeping the Orb Flow within the AzurA and Karanadis Seal. Now repeat this step: this is Step-2 that we‘re doing at the 2nd part. Do it 2 more times to amplify the Orb Flow quantum in your AzurA and Karanadis Seal. Still inhale slowly and deeply, drawing Orb Flow from your Orb Pillar into your AzurA and Karanadis Seal. Hold for a moment at the top allowing Orb Flow to fill your AzurA and Karanadis and then exhale slowly keeping the Orb Flow within the AzurA and Karanadis Seal. Once you‘ve done this for a 3 rd time, just return to normal breathing after the last exhale. And just breathe normally. The next inhale is going to involve us drawing Orb Flow down from the AzurA and upward. What? A‘sha whispers: Orb-Flow-filled AzurA you‘re drawing unto itself. A‘san: I‘m just, I‘m not giving it yet. I‘m explaining what we‘re going to do. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 94 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

A‘sha whispers: ‗The AzurA itself‘, are just the words for it. A‘san: The AzurA itself, yes. A‘sha: Yes, ok. A‘san: So they join/merge. So what we‘re going to do is to breathe in a way where we draw the AzurA itself downwards and the Karanadis Seal upwards until they meet and merge. That‘s essentially what I want to point out to you before we do it. So inhale slowly and deeply now, using the breath to draw the Orb-Flow-filled AzurA downward and the Karanadis Seal upward, literally until they meet and merge at the center of the 4 th heart chakra around the center of your breast bone. Hold at the top of the inhale for a moment and sense a ‗pop‘ sensation in the heart chakra as the AzurA and Karanadis merge and pop into a violet-blue Eckasha Flame about 3 inches high and centered around chakra -4, the heart chakra. This is called the Transcendental Flame of Wha-LA-yah. Now just exhale gently and breathe normally.

Now when you‘re doing this at home you‘ll be standing several feet from in front of your own mirror with the palms facing forward towards the Veil of Wha in front of you, just as you are doing now while sitting. Inhale slowly and deeply from the Flame of Wha-LA-yah at your heart chakra, using the inhale breath to draw a replica of the Flame of Wha-LA-yah upward and into your 7th chakra at the crown, the base of the Flame sitting at the pineal brain center. Hold for a moment at the top of this inhale…. Next, exhale slowly downward using the breath to push another replica Flame of Wha-LA-yah downward and into the center of chakra-2 at the sacral below the navel…. Return to normal breathing and observe the 3 Flames of Wha-LA-yah: the 1st at the heart center where the AzurA and Karanadis Seal merge; the 2nd in the pineal, the crown chakra; and the 3 rd in the sacral. Then call to mind the Orb Flow Pillar all around you. Inhale firmly into the Flame of Wha-LA-yah at the heart chakra number 4, using the breath to draw the top Flame at the crown chakra-7 downward and the bottom Flame at sacral chakra-2 upward merging the 3 Flames of Wha-LA-yah within the heart chakra. And hold at the top of this inhale…. Now exhale firmly outward from the heart chakra in a 6-point exhale, using the breath to push a violet-blue stream of Wha-LA-yah Flame Current simultaneously outward through the 6 directions of your 4 horizontal Rod Chambers and 2 Vertical Chambers of your Staff…. Now to the left, to the right, front, back, up and down… Hold for a moment at the bottom of the exhale and then return to normal breathing. And observe that the Flame of Wha-LA-yah has expanded far out into your 15-Dimensional and into your Density-5 Reishaic Capsule. Inhale from the Orb Pillar around you and into the heart chakra. Hold for a moment. Then take 1 step, which you have to imagine; in these circumstances, imagine taking 1 step forward into the Veil of Wha in front of you, palms pushing gently into and through the Veil as you step forward….

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 95 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Standing within the Veil of Wha, palms still facing forward, exhale firmly a 24-point exhale outward from the heart chakra and into your 12 Allurean Chambers and 12 Fire Chamber Lines…and then return to normal breathing. As you breathe normally, notice and sense that the entire Veil of Wha Field within which you are standing begins to tremor, vibrate and shake as its oscillation rapidly accelerates. Observe a rushing sensation as the Veil of Wha Field folds inward and rushes into your heart chakra-4 becoming a minute golden-silver spark. Notice also that the entire Veil is now gone and you are standing in free space within the Krystal Spiral Flow of the Aurora Continuum Wha-YA-yah Field. You have just parted the Veil of Wha.

Technique: Parting the Veil of Wha to form the Window of Wha Field within your Mirror Continue breathe easy as you move into the next section: ‗Parting the Veil of Wha to form the Window of Wha Field within your Mirror‘. And this can also be used to form a Window of Wha in the air in front of you without a mirror which is essentially is what we are about to do together. So breathe normally and call to mind the minute golden-silver Spark of Wha within your heart chakra which formed as the Veil of Wha folded inward. Imagine yourself stepping forward and placing your palms directly on the surface of your mirror or onto a target area of air if you are not using your mirror, which we‘re not right now. Inhale into the Spark of Wha at your heart chakra-4. Then exhale firmly using the exhale breath to simultaneously push 2 replicate Sparks of Wha outward through the palms and into the Orb-Gel layer in the space in between the target area to push the original Spark of Wha directly from your heart chakra straight forward into and then through the target area as if the Wha Spark came out of the mirror back and just kept going to a point about 6 feet through and beyond the mirror or target area. Now inhale gently now, leaving the original Spark of Wha at its position 6 feet in front of you within and beyond the mirror, or 6 feet beyond your target area, in front of you. And notice the 3-point triangulation from the 2 Wha Spark points on the mirror plane and the 1 Wha Spark 6 feet forward beyond the mirror or target area. Now exhale gently from your palms and heart chakra sending out 3 streams of Orb Flow from the Orb Pillar around you, 1 stream into each of the 3 points of triangulation…. Just resume normal breathing and notice that the Orb Flow streams quickly link the 3 Wha Spark points forming a triangulation of Orb Flow between the 3 points. Inhale and use the inhale to bring your palms together in front of your heart chakra-4. Then exhale firmly while separating your palms and again placing them on the 2 Wha Spark points on the mirror plane or target area…. Breathe normally and as you do notice that for a moment the whole imagery of the Wha Field Triangulation suddenly shuts off and disappears. Then, a sudden pop sensation occurs and in front of your palms and the entire Wha Field Triangulation imagery pops back on in 3-dimensional form to create a horizontal Eckasha Merkaba Wha Vortex with a vertical Kathara-grid shaped Window directly in front of you. The top point of the horizontal Eckasha Merkaba Wha Vortex is the original Wha Spark 6 feet into the mirror or 6 feet out from the front of you. Breathe normally and bring your arms to rest and mentally call out the name of your Wha-yah-yas Host and observe your Host appear at the center of your Wha Vortex about 3 feet into the mirror or 3 feet just in front of you as you are now.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 96 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

Relax and sit down in front of your mirror and project a part of your consciousness in Jha-DA‘ Orb into the center of your Wha Vortex within your mirror or physically go sit with the Wha-YA-yas Host 3 feet in front of you if you are not using a mirror. Notice that when you join your Wha-YA-yas Host, the Wha Vortex pops to become a spherical Wha-YA-yah Field Window which is called a Wha-yah Sphere which forms around 4 Eckasha Merkaba Wha Vortices. You are now within the Trans-harmonic Transcendental Window of Contact and Communication.

Technique: The Patra Communion – Contact with your Wha-YA-yas Host And it is from this position that we move to the final section of this technique: ‗The Patra Communion Contact with your Wha-YA-yas Host‘. And this must be used within 24 hours of running Part-2 or you must start the entire technique from the beginning. Sitting comfortably in front of your mirror or within your target area and within your activated Wha-YA-yah Window and place your palms on the mirror surface within the Wha Window or palms in your target area, mentally speak the name of your Wha-YA-yas Host, and inhale into your heart chakra-4 and hold this breath…. Exhale a 3-point breath from your heart chakra and both palm chakras into the Wha Vortex center point about 3 feet into the mirror Wha-YA-yah Field…. Breathe normally and sense that the surface of the mirror or target area plane becomes slightly warm and undulates slightly as if it were going to change from solid to liquid light wave form. Observe that your Wha-YA-yas Host appears at the contact point 3 feet into the Wha-YA-yah Field in the mirror or target area. Inhale, then exhale, and send a single point Orb Flow Current directly from your heart chakra into your Wha-yah-yas Host Sphere 3 feet into the mirror still keeping your palms on the mirror target area. Inhale gently using the breath to draw the Wha-YA-yas Host Sphere toward you until it is positioned immediately in front of you just on the other side of the mirror plane or just outside of your target area. Exhale gently into the Wha-YA-yas Host Jha-DA‘ Orb immediately in front of you, then return to normal breathing and observe that first your Wha-YA-yas Host Orb transfigures to form a swirling Pillar of Orbs within the mirror or target area. Keeping your palms on the mirror, continue observing as the Wha-YA-yas Host Pillar flashes a pulse of golden-silver light, then materializes as the Wha-YA-yas Host Light Being wearing the symbol clothing of its family line. Notice that your Wha-YA-yas Host has placed its 6-fingered Light Being hands, palms facing you on the inside of the mirror plane target area directly aligned with your own palms. Inhale and exhale gently from the heart chakra and from both palm chakras using the 3-point exhale to engage and activate the Patra Stance communication link with your Wha-YA-yas Host…. Inhale again to receive the 3-point Orb Flow from your Wha-YA-yas Host as it exhales to your inhale. Now synchronize your breathing with your Wha-YA-yas Host: as one inhales, the other exhales to take a moment or 2 to build the Patra Communion circuit between you…. Now just do this for a minute or 2….

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 97 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And eventually you will return to a normal breathing rhythm but please remember that your breathing rhythm will remain synchronized with your Host even when you return to normal breathing. You are both breathing in a complementary way: one inhaling, the other exhaling, but more gently and slowly. This is the point at which you may request, using direct cognition, telepath to your Host whether or not you‘re inclined and willing to receive the 3 activations that are available in this moment…. (A & A confer)

Activation: Receiving the 3 Sparks – Activating the Wha-YA-yas Silver Water Seed A‘sha: Once you have transmitted the intention that you would like to receive the 3 Sparks corresponding to these activations, continue to keep in the Patra Stance with your palms linked together with your Host. Feel the first response of direct cognition telepathy returning from them, acknowledging that your request has been heard whether it was you wanted it now or later or maybe not. You have been heard. And now for those who do choose to have these 3 activations, the expedited activations at this time, they are asking us to move our palms, keep them on the mirror plane in front of us and bring them closer together. And our Host will do the same on the other side of the mirror. And now they‘re asking that we just tilt the bottom part of our palms a little bit toward the mirror which makes our fingers come a little bit backward. And the same gesture will be done by our Host on the other side in the opposite direction as if a ball of flame is going to emerge half in your palms and half in the palms of your Host. It is time, instead of synchronized breathing, we are going to breathe at the same time where, as we inhale, our Host would inhale simultaneously. So we‘ll inhale upward and hold…. And when we both exhale together we will exhale downward inside of us to our heart chakra and push upward into the palm space in the mirror. So directly out, exhale down and then out the heart chakra…. Watch for a moment as the flame field builds within the space between in the mirror field or target field in front of you. And watch as it almost melts completely the space between, becomes a little fire ball that is levitating above the 2, the 4 cupped hands: 2 on your side, 2 on the other. Now into this field our Host will transmit 3 pulses from his/her Flame of Wha-LA-yah from the heart chakra. Try to sense when these pulses emerge into the center point fire ball…. When you feel that the 3rd ball has emerged, then take your hands away from the mirror and cup them around the fire ball and a portion of the fire ball with the activations will come to you, with you, and bring it closer to the front of your heart chakra. Our Host will be doing the same on its side of the Wha-yah Field. And now they are asking us to bring the fire ball up closer as if we are going to inhale it through our nose and mouth simultaneously. And take a nice slow deep breath through nose and mouth and inhale the entire fire ball and feel it move right down through our lungs and actually into our heart chakra from the lung conduits. And hold at the top of the inhale. You may place your palms at rest now but feel still the warmth of the fire ball with the 3 activations in the heart chakra.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 98 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And now at the exhale we are going to push an Orb Flow Current, bring it into the fire ball and then push upward and downward simultaneously with the exhale…. When the 1st activation occurs, it will feel like a starburst occurs and maybe is 4 inches across, centered on the heart chakra. So like a poof fire burst, and then a moment or 2 later, you will feel another one that actually occurs out around your field…maybe 6-inches-above-the-head type diameter of a field that poof…2nd activation. And before the 3rd one activates, you will feel a rumble in your entire field as if your 12 Allurean Chamber Lines and 12 Fire Chambers are all starting to vibrate and oscillate and it‘s sending ripples through your entire field. And in a moment, the 3rd and final activation is going to occur from the center and spread outward through your field. And when it begins, we‘ll inhale and we‘ll do that: 1, 2 and 3 and now inhale into chakra-4. Hold for a moment. And now firmly push outward the 24-point breath of the 3rd activation…. The Wha-YA-yas Silver Water Seed is now activated in the field. It will keep the Flame of Wha-LA-yah active within your Density-5 Rishi Body. This Flame will go dormant: for some people it will be about 12 hours, some 24. But you can just do some gentle Krystar breathing again and bring in more of the Orbs from your Orb Pillar and more of the Orbs from the Reservoir by using the first part of this technique and just breathing it out to your Rishi level. And that will again activate the Flame Field, the Flame of Wha-LA-yah in your Density-5 Body. And at this time you have received the 3 expedited activations. They will step and down-step in your bio-fields at a rate that is compatible with your Base Pulse Rhythms where it doesn‘t overwhelm your fields or make you feel jittery or any of that. It should be a very calm and comfortable activation. But you may begin to start getting some of those perceptual shifts that we spoke of. We may get a bit of the heat flashes, cold flashes, those kind of things. Now we are still sitting in communion with our Host. Our Wha-YA-yas Host is still waiting for us and holding field with us. If you would like you can go back into the Patra Stance with the palm-to-palm stance with them to transmit a final question or a comment, and initiate communication and the desire to continue to communicate when you set appointments together when you‘re home. When you have finished communicating what you have to say, just tell them farewell and thank them for coming. And you can take your hands from the mirror or from the target field area and just breathe deeply and gently and move yourself outward and back into full focus in your body here. The fields will stay activated for about 12 hours the 1 st time as far as the Wha-yah Sphere; it will be active for about 12 hours. So if you go to sleep, before that time and you want to project tonight, wherever you are, you can actually do it. Even if you are on an airplane somewhere you can still create the image of a mirror, of your mirror behind you, and stretch out a bit in your seat and project into—you just rise upward out of your body and project into Orb and move through into the Wha-yah Sphere through into the vortices on the other side and meet there with your Host and go on journey as you sleep. And you can use this technique as often as you like but at least once a week for a year, and you will develop very strong and much more vivid each time communication with the Wha-YA-yas Host.

[End Technique] How many people have felt a connection with their Wha-YA-yas, felt them come in and be there? Whoa, that‘s a lot of people! That‘s very good. That‘s very good for first run. They are there; they will stay there with you; they are commissioned to you through your Rishi level of identity. I am just curious and it doesn‘t matter who but how many actually saw 2 Wha-YA-yas come in? A decent amount, ok good! So they will both work with you then. The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 99 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

And the others, 1 of each group will work with you for certain reasons where we remember when we had 1 st we had the 6 of them come in and then the one that was going to stay with us? So some of us will have the 6 that work with us and then the one that stays and some of us will have the 2 that stay. But they will still come in and work with us with our Buddhas sometimes for different applications. So you may find when you use this technique and begin to get direct cognition communication with them that they may suggest you do something with the Buddhas and with the others as well. And they may teach you techniques to use. It is a good idea when you start your mirror training to keep a journal dedicated to the mirror training to just record a little bit about each session so you can see the progression. But also so you can keep track of any personal names that are given to you, any changes of wardrobe that will teach you more about who you are working with as far as the symbol clothes, any journeys they make take you on that you are aware of. There is many things that will begin to happen when you start working with the mirrors. Or also any weird things that came up that you might have frightened you but you realized you do not have to be frightened and you want you just kind of push them away. And even if you need to walk away from the mirror right now, say, ‗I‘m not going to play that game; I‘m sick of looking at myself purge,‘ right, and then come back. And any type of thing like that, make note of the phenomena: put the date on it; put the time of day on it, all right. Keep accurate journals. These will be very valuable to you in the future if you do. And it will also help you keep track of all sorts of people that you will meet in these journeys and what significance they have for you. There will be a time when we also get to meet more of our own Incarnational Selves on the various different levels where we will start to see their faces and see some of their memories and be able to actually, with the assistance and the protection of our Hosts, be able to actually do Patra with them and start communicating and understanding what they are, and who they are, where they were, and how that pattern has actually affected your life in some way because…especially the immediate 12 incarnations will be having and since you are born have a direct effect. So there‘s a multitude of things you will learn through using this technique. It is the beginning of a very precious relationship that one day we will able to, if the grids hold and our activations hold, we will eventually be able to first in bilocate state where we actually go to sleep and literally go through the mirror and know where we are going and be able to follow ourselves and remember as if we forgot this body and this was a dream body and then come back and remember; those things will happen first. And then eventually we will actually be able to do the Transfiguration that would allow us to go through into the Wha Fields. But at that point they will be teaching us of how the Wha Host, the Wha-YA-yas Host will actually shape-shift itself into the plasma ship that will be our buffer field because we will need one because we have not done a full Mashaya-Hanic Krystar Ascension yet. So they will assist us in that: in order to fully go in physically, they would need to do that. So this is the beginning of an amazing round of training that wasn‘t supposed to start until 2011, like begin in 2011. And well sometimes that it is a good thing that things need to be expedited. Sometimes it isn‘t. But this is, even though there are attempted negative things happening from the Bourgha Matrix, the positive effects that can be gained by expediting these activations in our planetary grids, in our galaxy and in our personal cells and bodies, it will advance our training very, very quickly. And we‘ll begin to learn at a much higher rate, and we‘ll begin to learn from this point forward with our own personal teachers. But it is up to us to make the appointments in time to connect with them and to do the mirror work. The efforts

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 100 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

you put into the mirror work, they will meet you with but they are not going to like knock on your mirror and say, ‗Hey yo, you haven‘t talked to me in a month!‘ you know; they are not going to do that. So (A & A confer) I guess we…we could put that up really quick…yeah, just briefly. Yeah and just briefly before we go I mean…I‘m excited about where this is going to go not just for myself but for all of you because this is just the next step. This gets so real. I‘ve been through what can be done with the mirrors. I didn‘t know how they did it but I have been through some of the experiences. I have been taken on journeys through mirrors to amazing places and come back and then have to write down the journeys really fast so I remembered how to get there, whether you turn left or whether you turn right, and all sorts of things. This has been amazing! One of the things that I do want us to come back to before we leave is I just want to look at the work that we did involving the Gulf of Mexico and the oil spill. I just want to point out what—we described what we were creating and I just wanted to show you a little bit of where we are. We are here in Sarasota Florida. This was the map that was in the newspaper The Herald Tribune. There is Sarasota. We had to do a few things. A‘san put in this: it‘s about 200 miles to where this sheens and scattered tar balls are happening. And over here is where the spill actually is, the Deepwater Horizon site. And this is where we created that— the set of double vortices that are actually meant to start trying to pull it, pull the tension back in so it keeps it from moving toward the shores, and underneath that is where we set the coagulation field of the Ah-VA‘-yas (Ah-SA-yas?) Orbs where they are trying to coagulate it to slow it a bit and but also spread the pressure before slowing it enough where it would stop. So we have done our share in attempting to assist with this. The reason that this that some things look like accidents but weren‘t; this was allowed to occur on a higher level of Illuminati because there were certain disturbances that were needed in the Gulf area because in the Gulf of Mexico there is the center core anchoring of the Gravitron Vortice Sets that run the Staff and they are still trying to plug the Staff into enough energy where they can roll the crust and finish the 6 th and Final Extinction. It‘s still holding and we have the Phoenix workshop where another set of activations will happen. And we also have the October cruise which is the Mayan cruise and that is where we are going down to pick up the grids from the Green Dragon set that will allow us to fortify this region. But there are going to be times when we are asked to create intervention posses and use the mirrors, go meet and be able to assist in holding off potential earthquakes or assisting in areas and stabilizing areas when there has been earthquakes, assisting waves of people who happen to pass over in natural disasters and things like that. So this is the beginning of just the huge grid work projects. I do believe probably in the next workshop I think we‘ll be covering some of the things that involve attending the workshops that the Beloveds will give on Aurora Earth by going through the mirrors, projecting though, meeting with our Hosts and then kind of flying with them into the Ah-MA‘-ya-san school systems because there are certain like there are schools in that city complex. And there are certain areas of frequency that we still need buffered to get past. But there will be ongoing meetings. We‘ll also be taught how to give our own. So in the event that there is media blackout we just can‘t reach each other, we know how to reach each other. We reach each other through the mirrors, and we will be able to get more and more conscious of doing that where it is not just each of our Hosts with us, but eventually we can do this in the mirrors.

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 101 of 102

Sliders-7, Hetharo—May 21-23, 2010: Sarasota, Florida

We can actually meet collectively, and we‘ll put out yo like ‗special workshop‘ in the Ah-Wha Shop…. Oh boy, we‘ll have workshops in 3D and we‘ll have Wha Shops…where we‘ll put out a time and place and you can go in on lone harmonic whatever time and actually meet there, right, and experience the content and those kind of things. So this is the beginning of quite an amazing journey of learning, of continued learning. I thank you for being so patient with the crazy schedules that come through with some of these. This has been a huge and amazing workshop in terms of activations. This workshop was all about the activations and about one of the most precious techniques we‘ve had in a long, long time! I hope to see you in Wha soon! (Participants applaud) And have a very, very, safe trip home…and the Gulf thanks you. Is there anything you (A‘san) want to say? No? Participant: What time is it? A‘san: It‘s 9:00.

[End of Audio Track: 1:32:19] TABLE OF CONTENTS

Friday Evening Orientation (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1 Saturday afternoon – Shadra preparation and Technique run (A‘san) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Saturday afternoon – 12 Arrows of Aquareion Planetary Mirror Ball Drum Circle and Shadra Shield at Siesta Key Beach (A‘sha). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Activation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Technique part 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Technique part 2 – Meeting the Whas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Technique part 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Gulf of Mexico oil spill – well site work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 Monday morning Lecture 1 (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Monday morning Lecture 2 (A‘sha) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Technique: Securing the Mirror Field to Krystic Spectra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 Technique: Activating your Density-5 Wha-yah Capsule Rainbow Body and the Flame of Wha-LA-yah‘ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Technique: Parting the Veil of Wha to form the Window of Wha Field within your mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Technique: The Patra Communion – Contact with your Wha-YA-yas Host . . . . . . . . . . 112 Activation: Receiving the 3 Sparks – Activating the Wha-YA-yas Silver Water Seed . . 114

The MCEO Freedom Teachings® Series Presented by Adashi MCEO LLC in Association with Azurite Press MCEO Inc. Copyright A'sha & A'san Deane, 2010, All Rights Reserved Page 102 of 102